<PAGE>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 19, 1997.
REGISTRATION NO. 333-3860
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 14
TO
FORM SB-2
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
e-NET, INC.
(Name of Small Business Issuer in Its Charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 1711 52-1929282
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary standard industrial (IRS employer
incorporation or organization) classification code number) identification number)
</TABLE>
12800 MIDDLEBROOK ROAD, SUITE 200
GERMANTOWN, MARYLAND 20874
(301) 601-8700
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)
12800 MIDDLEBROOK ROAD, SUITE 200
GERMANTOWN, MARYLAND 20874
(301) 601-8700
(Address of principal place of business or intended principal place of business)
ROBERT A. VESCHI, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
e-NET, INC.
12800 MIDDLEBROOK ROAD, SUITE 200
GERMANTOWN, MARYLAND 20874
(301) 601-8700
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)
------------------------
COPIES TO:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
THOMAS T. PROUSALIS, JR., ESQ. BERT L. GUSRAE, ESQ.
1919 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W. David A. Carter, P.A.
Suite 800 355 W. Palmetto Park Road
Washington, D.C. 20006 Boca Raton, FL 33432
(202) 296-9400 (561) 750-6999
(202) 296-9403 Fax (561) 367-0960 Fax
</TABLE>
------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
------------------------
IF ANY OF THE SECURITIES BEING REGISTERED ON THIS FORM ARE TO BE OFFERED ON
A DELAYED OR CONTINUING BASIS, PURSUANT TO RULE 415 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED, CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX: /X/
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PROPOSED MAXIMUM PROPOSED MAXIMUM
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF AMOUNT TO OFFERING PRICE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED BE REGISTERED PER SECURITY OFFERING PRICE REGISTRATION FEE
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Common Stock, $.01 Par Value.... 1,725,000 $ 5.00 $8,625,000 $ 2,614
Warrants........................ 1,725,000 $ .125 $ 215,625 $ 65
Common Stock Underlying
Warrants....................... 1,725,000 $ 5.25 $9,056,250 $ 2,744
Representative's Common Stock
Option......................... 150,000 -- -- --
Common Stock Underlying
Representative's Common Stock
Option......................... 150,000 $ 8.25 $1,237,500 $ 375
Representative's Warrant
Option......................... 150,000 -- -- --
Warrants Underlying
Representative's Warrant
Option......................... 150,000 $ .20625 $ 30,938 $ 9
Common Stock Underlying
Representative's Warrant
Option......................... 150,000 8.25 $1,237,500 $ 375
Common Stock, $.01 Par Value.... 250,000 $ 5.00 $1,250,000 $ 379
Total Registration and Fee.... $21,652,813 $ 6,561
</TABLE>
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a)
MAY DETERMINE.
ii
<PAGE>
e-NET, INC.
CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(b)
SHOWING LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS OF INFORMATION
REQUIRED BY ITEMS OF FORM SB-2
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ITEM CAPTION IN PROSPECTUS
- --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
1. Front of Registration Statement and
Outside Front Cover of Prospectus...... Facing Page; Cross-Reference
Sheet; Prospectus Cover Page
2. Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
Pages of Prospectus.................... Prospectus Cover Page; Prospectus
Back Cover Page
3. Summary Information and Risk Factors.... Prospectus Summary; The Company;
Risk Factors
4. Use of Proceeds......................... Use of Proceeds
5. Determination of Offering Price......... Risk Factors; Underwriting
6. Dilution................................ Dilution and Other Comparative
Data
7. Selling Security-holders................ Description of Securities
8. Plan of Distribution.................... Prospectus Cover Page;
Underwriting
9. Legal Proceedings....................... Legal Proceedings
10. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters
and Control Persons.................... Management; Principal
Shareholders
11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management.................. Principal Shareholders
12. Description of Securities............... Description of Securities
13. Interest of Named Experts and Counsel... Legal Matters; Experts
14. Disclosure of Commission Position on
Indemnification for Securities Act
Liabilities............................ Certain Transactions
15. Organization Within Five Years.......... Prospectus Summary; Business
16. Description of Business................. Business
17. Management's Discussion and Analysis or
Plan of Operation...................... Management's Discussion and
Analysis or Plan of Operation
18. Description of Property................. Business
19. Certain Relations and Related
Transactions........................... Certain Transactions
20. Market for Common Equity and Related
Stockholder Matters.................... Description of Securities
21. Executive Compensation.................. Management
22. Financial Statements.................... Financial Statements
23. Changes in and Disagreements With
Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure............................. Not applicable
</TABLE>
iii
<PAGE>
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This registration statement covers the primary offering of securities by
e-Net, Inc. ("Company") and the offering of securities by a certain selling
security-holder ("Selling Security-holder"). The Company is registering, under
the primary prospectus ("Primary Prospectus"), 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock
and 1,500,000 Warrants. The Selling Security-holder is registering, under an
alternate prospectus ("Alternate Prospectus"), 250,000 shares of Common Stock.
The Alternate Prospectus pages, which follow the Primary Prospectus, contain
certain sections which are to be combined with all of the sections contained in
the Primary Prospectus, with the following exceptions: the front and back cover
pages, and the sections entitled "The Offering" and "Selling Security-holder."
In addition, the sections entitled "Concurrent Sales" and "Plan of Distribution"
will be added to the Alternate Prospectus. Furthermore, all references contained
in the Alternate Prospectus to the "offering" shall refer to the Company's
offering of securities under the Primary Prospectus.
iv
<PAGE>
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 19, 1997
PROSPECTUS
[LOGO]
1,500,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
1,500,000 REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS
e-Net, Inc. (the "Company" or "e-Net") is offering 1,500,000 shares of
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock") and 1,500,000
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants (the "Warrants"). The Common Stock and
the Warrants (collectively, the "Securities") are being offered separately and
not as units, and each are separately transferable. Each Warrant entitles the
holder to purchase one share of Common Stock at $5.25 per share (subject to
adjustment) during the five-year period commencing on the date of this
Prospectus. The Warrants are redeemable by the Company for $.05 per Warrant, on
not less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days written notice if
the closing bid price for the Common Stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share
during any thirty (30) consecutive trading day period ending not more than
fifteen (15) days prior to the date that the notice of redemption is mailed, and
provided there is then a current effective registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") with respect to the issuance and
sale of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrants. Any redemption of the
Warrants during the one-year period commencing on the date of this Prospectus
shall require the written consent of Barron Chase Securities, Inc., the
representative of the Underwriters (the "Representative"). See "Description of
Securities" and "Underwriting."
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
or the Warrants. The initial public offering prices of the Common Stock and
Warrants and the exercise price and other terms of the Warrants have been
determined through negotiations between the Company and the Representative and
are not related to the Company's assets, book value, financial condition or any
other recognized criteria of value. Although the Company has applied for the
inclusion of the Common Stock and the Warrants on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market
("Nasdaq") under the symbols "ETEL" and "ETELW," respectively, there can be no
assurances that such securities will be accepted for inclusion or that an active
trading market in the Company's securities will develop or be sustained.
AN INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IS SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVES A
HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION FROM THE PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY
INVESTORS WHO CAN AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE
INVESTMENT. SEE "RISK FACTORS," ON PAGES 7-14 AND
"DILUTION."
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO THE
PRICE TO PUBLIC DISCOUNTS(1) COMPANY(2)(3)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Per Share.............................. $5.00 $.50 $4.50
Per Warrant............................ $.125 $.0125 $.1125
Total(3)............................... $7,687,500 $768,750 $6,918,750
</TABLE>
(SEE "NOTES," NEXT PAGE)
The shares of Common Stock and the Warrants are being offered by the
Underwriters on a firm commitment basis, subject to prior sale, when, as and if
delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters, and subject to approval of
certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. It is
expected that delivery of the certificates representing the Common Stock and the
Warrants will be made against payment therefor at the offices of the
Representative at 7700 West Camino Real, Suite 200, Boca Raton, Florida 33433 on
or about , 1997.
------------------------
[LOGO]
The date of this Prospectus is , 1997.
<PAGE>
NOTES
(1) Does not include additional underwriting compensation in the form of (i) a
non-accountable expense allowance equal to three percent of the gross
proceeds of the offering of which $30,000 has been paid to date; (ii)
Representative's Purchase Warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of Common
Stock and 150,000 Warrants exercisable for a five-year period commencing
from the effective date of the offering at an exercise price of 165% of the
price at which the Common Stock and the Warrants are sold to the public,
subject to adjustment; and (iii) a financial advisory agreement for the
Representative to act as an investment banker for the Company for a period
of three (3) years at a fee of $108,000, payable at the closing of this
offering. In addition, the Company has granted to the Representative certain
registration rights with respect to registration of the shares of Common
Stock and the Warrants underlying the Representative's Purchase Warrants and
the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants issuable
upon exercise of the Representative's Purchase Warrants and to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $1,000,000,
including the Representative's non-accountable expense allowance.
(3) The Company has granted the Representative an option (the "Representative's
Over-Allotment Option"), exercisable within 45 days from the date of this
Prospectus, to purchase up to 225,000 additional shares of Common Stock and
up to 225,000 additional Warrants at an exercise price of $5.25 solely to
cover over-allotments, if any. If the Representative's Over-Allotment Option
is exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and
Proceeds to Company will be $8,840,625, $884,063 and $7,956,562,
respectively. See "Underwriting."
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form SB-2, pursuant to the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the securities offered by this
Prospectus. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in
said Registration Statement, and the exhibits thereto. The statements contained
in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document
identified as exhibits in this Prospectus are not necessarily complete, and in
each instance, reference is made to a copy of such contract or document filed as
an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each statement being qualified in any
and all respects by such reference. For further information with respect to the
Company and the securities offered hereby, reference is made to such
Registration Statement and exhibits which may be inspected without charge at the
Commission's principal office at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, DC 20549.
Upon consummation of this offering, the Company will become subject to the
reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and in accordance
therewith will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Commission. Such reports, proxy statements and other information can be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities of the Commission at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549; at its New York Regional Office,
Room 1400, 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048; and at its Chicago
Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661,
and copies of such material can be obtained from the Public Reference Section at
prescribed rates. The Company intends to furnish its shareholders with annual
reports containing audited financial statements and such other reports as the
Company deems appropriate or as may be required by law.
The Company will provide without charge to each person who receives a
Prospectus, upon written or oral request of such person, a copy of any of the
information that were incorporated by reference in the Prospectus (not including
exhibits to the information that was incorporated by reference unless the
exhibits are themselves specifically incorporated by reference). Such requests
may be directed to Stockholder Relations, e-Net, Inc., 12800 Middlebrook Road,
Suite 200, Germantown, Maryland 20874, telephone (301) 601-8700.
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OR
THE WARRANTS AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE OVER THE COUNTER MARKET OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
2
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND MUST BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION WITH, THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS,
INCLUDING NOTES THERETO, APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS (I) ASSUMES NO EXERCISE
OF THE REPRESENTATIVE'S OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION, THE REPRESENTATIVE'S PURCHASE
OPTION AND THE WARRANTS; AND (II) ASSUMES A PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE OF $5.00 PER
SHARE OF COMMON STOCK AND $.125 PER WARRANT.
THE COMPANY
e-Net, Inc. develops, markets and supports open client-server and integrated
applications software that enables local, national and international telephone
communications, information exchange and commerce over the Internet and private
Internet Protocol ("IP") networks. The Company's software products are designed
to deliver high levels of performance, ease of use and security. These software
products allow individuals and organizations to execute secure, private voice
communications across the Internet and intranets, through the use of
authentication technology, for local, national and international telephone
communications, information exchange and commerce. In addition, through the use
of the Company's software, organizations can extend their internal information
systems and enterprise applications to geographically dispersed facilities,
remote offices and mobile employees.
In March 1996, the Company acquired all rights, title and interest in the
first U.S. patent, U.S. Patent No. 5,526,353, which is comprised of and has been
approved for 40 claims, for a system and method for communicating high fidelity
and clear transmission of audio or voice over the Internet and intranets,
enabling free worldwide high fidelity and clear transmission of ordinary
telephone communications. The Company acquired all rights, title and interest in
the patent from the inventors, Messrs. Arthur Henley and Scott Grau, who are
original stockholders of the Company, in consideration of a five percent
overriding royalty interest against gross profits involving the use of the
patent. The Company had agreed to allocate $1,000,000 of capital to develop and
exploit the market opportunities for the patent by December 31, 1996, or the
patent would be subject to repurchase by the inventors of the patent. The
Company has satisfied its commitment to allocate $1,000,000 towards the
technology as of December 31, 1996. The Company believes that its patent is the
first patent awarded of its kind, specifically involving the transmission of
audio or voice over the Internet and intranets. The Company also believes that
its patent may provide certain strategic and technological advantages in the new
and burgeoning area of audio or voice over the Internet and intranets. The
Company can make no assurances, however, as to the extent of the advantages or
protection, if any, that may be granted to the Company as a result of its patent
or as to the future success of the Company in bringing products related to this
technology to market. The Company's first product utilizing its patent is
Telecom-2000-TM-, a hardware and software suite designed for voice over the
Internet and intranets, which is in the final testing stage and projected to be
available to market by the end of the Company's fourth quarter of fiscal 1997.
In March 1996, e-Net entered into an agreement with Sprint Communications
Company, L.P. ("Sprint"), a leading telecommunications company, under which
e-Net will deliver certain software development services known as Sprint
Internet Protocol Dial Services support. Sprint, to date, has been the Company's
largest customer. Under the agreement, e-Net will use highly technical software
development services to provide security and field support to Sprint customers
who use Sprint as a means of accessing the Internet. e-Net's agreement provides
that e-Net will generate all of the revenues associated with the number of
authorized Sprint Internet Protocol Dial Service user identity codes. e-Net
shall also perform password administration, customer service administration and
emergency help desk administration under the terms of the agreement. The
agreement has a duration of one year, with automatic one year renewals, subject
to mutual consent. e-Net intends to seek additional strategic alliances with the
Regional Bell Operating Companies (RBOC's) for the use of its
3
<PAGE>
technologies, products and services. The Company has not entered into any
negotiations to enter into any strategic alliances with the RBOC's. The Company
can make no assurances that it will be able to enter into any agreements with
such concerns for its technologies, products and services.
In June 1996, the Company entered into a letter of intent with the Product
Management Group of the Advanced Data Services Division of Sprint to enter into
an agreement to provide certain of e-Net's technologies, products and services
to Sprint to enable Sprint's frame relay customers, approximately 1,500
nationwide, to generate network data reports on an automated basis for their
virtual private networks. In November 1996, the Company entered into an
agreement with this division of Sprint for a one year term at a value based on
products delivered.
Between October 1996 and January 1997, the Company entered into
non-exclusive agreements with Intermedia Communication Incorporated, Sprint,
American Communication Services, Inc., NationsBank and Retix Corporation to
"beta" test and evaluate the Company's Telecom-2000 product for possible
implementation and use for voice communications services over the Internet
and/or intranets. The testing and evaluation with these companies, which does
not include any cash compensation, is expected to last approximately six months.
Although the Company believes that its Telecom 2000 product is in the final
testing and evaluation stage and projected to be available to market by the end
of the Company's fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company can make no
assurances that it will be able to enter into any agreements with such concerns
for the sale of such product.
In January 1997, the Company's Telecom-2000 product was selected as one of
three finalists for the Internet/intranet product category in the ComNet 97 New
Product Achievement Awards Competition, sponsored by COMPUTERWORLD, at the
ComNet trade show and exposition in Washington, D.C. The Telecom-2000 product
was demonstrated to the public at ComNet during the three-day show and
exposition while on display at the Company's and Sprint's trade booths. The
Company also had representatives present in Sprint's booth where the
Telecom-2000 product was demonstrated through voice communication between the
Company's and Sprint's booths and between the Company's booth and anywhere off
the network that the participant wanted to call.
In January 1997, the Company entered into a mutual cooperation agreement
with MVSI, Inc., a Washington, D.C. area based technology products and services
company, under which MVSI intends to resell and OEM certain of the Company's
products for applications related to the robotic and instrument technologies and
industries.
In January 1997, the Company entered into an agreement with Lockheed Martin
Technical Services, Inc. ("Lockheed Martin"), a Bethesda, Maryland based defense
and aerospace technologies firm, to perform certain telecommunications
engineering and systems integration services on a subcontractor basis on defense
and aerospace technologies contracts. The agreement has an initial value of
approximately $500,000 for a one year term and, although no assurances can be
made, the agreement may be expanded in value and term during the current fiscal
year.
In March and April 1996, the Company borrowed $1,000,000 in a bridge loan
from four persons who are nonaffiliated with the Representative and the Company,
to wit: Edward Ratkovich ($500,000), Robert Foise ($250,000), Armstrong
Industries (Sid Ritman) ($200,000) and Martin Sumichrast ($50,000), at the rate
of eight percent simple annual interest. These four investors are not affiliated
with Stratton Oakmont, Inc., a former proposed underwriter for the Company that
was barred from the securities industry in December 1996. General Ratkovich and
Mr. Sumichrast are officers, directors and principal stockholders of
Nasdaq-listed companies formerly underwritten by Stratton Oakmont, Inc. MVSI,
Inc., of which General Ratkovich is chairman, chief executive officer and a
principal stockholder, is a principal stockholder of the Company. In further
consideration of the bridge loan, which was highly speculative since the Company
was in its early development stage, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, 1,000,000 Class A Warrants and 1,000,000 Class B Warrants to such
persons. However, in June 1996, such persons converted their loans to equity in
consideration of the prior issuance of the securities. In February 1997, such
persons agreed to the cancellation of the Class A Warrants and Class B Warrants
to help facilitate this offering
4
<PAGE>
by making the Company's capital structure more attractive to investors. Also, in
February 1997, Mr. Sumichrast sold his 50,000 shares of Common Stock of the
Company to Robert P. Laurence, a private investor, in a private transaction for
$100,000. Mr. Laurence has no direct or indirect affiliation with Stratton
Oakmont, Inc. See "Certain Transactions" and "Description of Securities."
The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 9, 1995,
and began its operations on June 8, 1995. The principal executive offices of the
Company are located at 12800 Middlebrook Rd, Suite 200, Germantown, Maryland
20874, Maryland 20874, and its telephone number is (301) 601-8700. Unless the
context otherwise indicates, the terms "Company" and "e-Net" as used in this
Prospectus refer to e-Net, Inc.
SEE "RISK FACTORS," "MANAGEMENT" AND "CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS" FOR A DISCUSSION
OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN EVALUATING THE COMPANY AND ITS
BUSINESS.
THE OFFERING
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Common Stock Offered......................... 1,500,000 Shares
Warrants Offered............................. 1,500,000 Warrants
Selling Security-holder(1)................... 250,000 Shares
Common Stock Outstanding:
Before the Offering........................ 4,250,000 Shares
After the Offering......................... 5,750,000 Shares
Warrants Outstanding:
Before the Offering........................ None
After the Offering......................... 1,500,000
Estimated Net Proceeds(2).................... $5,918,750
Use of Proceeds.............................. Administrative expenses, operating costs and
working capital, including software support
and development, capital equipment, marketing
and sales, and mergers and acquisitions. See
"Use of Proceeds."
Nasdaq Symbols(3):
Common Stock............................... ETEL
Warrants................................... ETELW
Risk Factors(4).............................. An investment in the Common Stock and the
Warrants offered hereby is speculative and
involves a high degree of risk. Investors
should carefully consider the risk factors
enumerated hereafter before investing in the
Common Stock and the Warrants. See "Risk
Factors" and "Dilution."
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) The shares of Common Stock owned by MVSI, Inc., a principal stockholder of
the Company, are being registered as part of this offering and are
restricted from sale for a period of 12 months from the date of this
offering, but may be released for sale during this period with the consent
of the Representative. See "Certain Transactions."
(2) After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses of $1,000,000 payable by the Company including a three
percent non-accountable expense allowance to the Representative. See
"Underwriting."
(3) Although the Company has applied for the inclusion of the Common Stock and
the Warrants on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under these symbols, there can be
no assurances that such securities will be accepted for inclusion or that an
active trading market in the securities will develop or be sustained. See
"Risk Factors--Possible Failure to Qualify for Nasdaq SmallCap Market
Listing."
(4) See "Risk Factors--Regulations May Impose Certain Restrictions on
Marketability of Low-priced Securities."
5
<PAGE>
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATE)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE PERIOD
FROM FOR THE PERIOD
JUNE 8, 1995 JUNE 8, 1995
NINE (BEGINNING OF (BEGINNING OF
MONTHS ENDED OPERATIONS) TO OPERATIONS)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1995 TO MARCH 31, 1996
----------------- ----------------- ------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenue........................................ $438 $205 $294
(Loss) income from operations.................. (617 ) 83 90
(Loss) income before income taxes.............. (6,330 ) 83 (537 )
Net (loss) income.............................. (6,330 ) 83 (537 )
Pro forma net loss............................. (6,330 ) (83 ) (775 )
Pro forma loss per share....................... (1.59 ) (.03 ) (.26 )
Average number of common shares outstanding.... 3,972,727 3,000,000 3,017,808
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1996
-------------------------------------------
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA (1) AS ADJUSTED (2)
----------- ------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital...................................... $ 662 $ 912 $ 6,831
Total assets......................................... 1,371 1,620 7,539
Total liabilities.................................... 1,162 137 137
Stockholders' equity................................. 208 1,483 7,402
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Pro forma balance sheet data illustrates the effect of the Company receiving
an additional loan of $250,000 in January 1997 and the conversion of
$1,275,081 debt to equity in February 1997. The pro forma effect of the
conversion on the statement of operations is not material. See "Financial
Statements."
(2) Adjusted to reflect the sale of the securities offered hereby, less
underwriting discounts and commissions and the payment by the Company of
expenses of this offering estimated at $1,000,000. See "Use of Proceeds."
6
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF
RISK. ONLY THOSE PERSONS ABLE TO LOSE THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT SHOULD PURCHASE
THESE SECURITIES. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS, PRIOR TO MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION,
SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND CONSIDER, ALONG WITH OTHER MATTERS
REFERRED TO HEREIN, THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS:
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY
The Company was incorporated in Delaware on January 9, 1995 and, as such,
faces the risks and problems associated with businesses in their early stages of
development and has a limited operating history upon which to base an evaluation
of its prospects. Such prospects should be considered in light of the risks,
expenses and difficulties frequently encountered in the expansion of a business
in an industry characterized by a substantial number of market entrants and
intense competition. See "Business."
BRIDGE FINANCING COSTS WILL NEGATIVELY IMPACT EARNINGS
The Company did not report earnings for the year ending March 31, 1996 or
for the nine month period ended December 31, 1996, principally as a result of
the costs attributed to the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock,
1,000,000 Class A Warrants and 1,000,000 Class B Warrants, as additional
consideration for a bridge loan of $1,000,000, the proceeds of which were
received in March and April 1996. Interest expense of $6,000,000 related to the
issuance of the securities was accrued during the period from March 19, 1996
through the date upon which the bridge loan was converted to equity (June 24,
1996) with a corresponding credit to paid in capital. Consequently, earnings
will be negatively impacted by this cost; however, net stockholders' equity will
not be impacted by the corresponding increase in paid in capital. See "Certain
Transactions" and "Financial Statements."
In March and April 1996, the Company borrowed $1,000,000 in a bridge loan
from four persons who are nonaffiliated with the Representative and the Company,
to wit: Edward Ratkovich ($500,000), Robert Foise ($250,000), Armstrong
Industries ($200,000) and Martin Sumichrast ($50,000) at the rate of eight
percent simple annual interest. In further consideration of the bridge loan, the
Company issued 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 1,000,000 Class A Warrants and
1,000,000 Class B Warrants to such persons. However, in June 1996, such persons
converted their loans to equity in consideration of the prior issuance of the
securities. Also, in February 1997, such persons agreed to the cancellation of
the Class A and B Warrants.
NO ASSURANCE OF FUTURE PROFITABILITY OR PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS
The Company can make no assurances that the future operations of the Company
will result in additional revenues or will be profitable. Should the operations
of the Company be profitable, it is likely that the Company would retain much or
all of its earnings in order to finance future growth and expansion. Therefore,
the Company does not presently intend to pay dividends, and it is not likely
that any dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend
Policy."
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
An investor in this offering will experience immediate and substantial
dilution. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had a pro forma net tangible book
value of $1,483,457 or $.35 per share derived from the Company's balance sheet
as of December 31, 1996 which reflects the effect of a February 1997 conversion
of debt to equity and the total common stock outstanding at December 31, 1996.
After giving effect to the sale of the securities offered hereby, after
deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, pro forma net
tangible book value would have been $7,402,207 or $1.29 per share. The result
will be an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $.94
(1,801%) to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution to new investors of
$3.71 (74%) per share. As a result, public investors will bear most of the risk
of loss since their shares are being purchased at a cost substantially above the
price that existing shareholders acquired their shares. See "Dilution."
7
<PAGE>
NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING
The Company intends to fund its operations and other capital needs for the
next 12 months substantially from the proceeds of this offering, but there can
be no assurance that such funds will be sufficient for these purposes. The
Company will require substantial amounts of the proceeds of this offering for
its future expansion, operating costs and working capital. The Company has made
no arrangements to obtain future additional financing, if required, and there
can be no assurance that such financing will be available, or that it will be
available on acceptable terms. See "Use of Proceeds."
DEPENDENCE ON MAJOR CUSTOMERS
For the period ending March 31, 1996, the Company derived 32% (Sprint), 29%
(Comsat), 16% (First Data Resources) and 13% (Documenta) of its sales from four
customers, respectively. For the nine months ended December 31, 1996, the
Company derived 72% (Sprint) and 23% (Comsat) of its sales from two customers,
respectively. The dependence on major customers subjects the Company to
significant financial risks in the operation of its business should a major
customer terminate, for any reason, its business relationship with the Company.
In such event, the financial condition of the Company may be adversely affected
and the Company may be required to obtain additional financing, of which there
is no assurance. The Company is not aware of any adverse developments with
respect to its major customers. Also, dependence on major customers
significantly increases the Company's costs, E.G., travel, communication and
delivery of products and services, which are reflected in the Company's
financial performance. See "Business" and "Financial Statements."
DEPENDENCE ON MANAGEMENT
The Company's success is principally dependent on its current management
personnel for the operation of its business. In particular, Robert A. Veschi,
the Company's president and chief executive officer, has played a substantial
role in the development and management of the Company, although there is no
assurance that additional managerial assistance will not be required. The
analysis of new business opportunities will be undertaken by or under the
supervision of the management of the Company. The Company has recently entered
into an employment agreement with Mr. Veschi. However, if the employment by the
Company of Mr. Veschi terminates, or he is unable to perform his duties, the
Company may be substantially affected. The agreement also contains non-compete
provisions but are limited in geographical scope, I.E., the Washington, D.C.
metropolitan area. The Company has purchased key-man life insurance on Mr.
Veschi in the amount of $1 million. The Company is the owner and beneficiary of
the term insurance policy. Following the closing of this offering, the Company
intends to increase the amount of key-man life insurance on Mr. Veschi to $2
million. See "Use of Proceeds," "Business" and "Management."
DEPENDENCE ON HIGHLY QUALIFIED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL
The Company believes that its future success will depend in large part upon
its continued ability to recruit and retain highly qualified technical
personnel. Competition for highly qualified technical personnel is significant,
particularly in the geographic area in which the Company's operations are
located. No assurances can be made that the Company's relationship with its
employees will remain good. See "Management."
PRODUCT SECURITY RISKS
The Company has included in certain of its products an implementation of a
security protocol which operates in conjunction with authentication technology
that it has developed. Despite the existence of this technology, the Company's
products may be vulnerable to break-ins and similar disruptive problems caused
by certain Internet or intranet users. Such computer break-ins and other
disruptions would jeopardize the security of information stored in and
transmitted through the computer systems of end users of the Company's products,
which may result in significant liability to the Company and may also deter
potential customers. Persistent security problems continue to plague public and
private data networks. Recent break-ins at major government institutions, banks
and corporations have involved hackers bypassing firewalls and missappropriating
confidential information. Alleviating problems caused by third parties may
require significant expenditures of capital and
8
<PAGE>
resources by the Company and may cause interruptions, delays or cessation of
service to the Company's customers; such expenditures or interruptions may have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and
financial condition. Moreover, the security and privacy concerns of existing and
potential customers, as well as concerns related to computer viruses, may
inhibit the growth of the Internet and intranet marketplace, generally, and the
Company's customer base and revenues, specifically. The Company intends to limit
its liability to customers, including liability arising from a failure of the
security features contained in the Company's products, through provisions in its
future contracts. However, the Company can make no assurances that such
contractual limitations will be enforceable. The Company currently does not have
liability insurance to protect against these risks and there can be no assurance
that such insurance will be available to the Company on commercially reasonable
terms, or available on any terms.
UNCERTAINTY OF PROPOSED MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS CAMPAIGN
Following the closing of this offering, the Company intends to engage in a
mergers and acquisitions campaign in order to merge with or acquire companies
engaged in a similar business. The Company has not entered into any negotiations
to merge with or acquire any such target companies, but the Company has
identified several such companies engaged in a complementary business. The
Company can make no assurances that it will be able to merge with or acquire any
companies. Although the Company intends to utilize approximately $250,000 of the
net proceeds of this offering in its mergers and acquisitions activities during
the 12 months following the date of this Prospectus, no assurances can be made
that such funds will enable the Company to expand its base or realize profitable
consolidated operations. In addition, the Company's stockholders may not have
the opportunity to review the financial statements of any of the companies that
may be acquired or have the opportunity to vote on any proposed acquisitions
since Delaware law does not require such review and approval. Should such funds
not be utilized in its mergers and acquisitions activities, the Company intends
to utilize the funds in equal amounts in working capital, capital equipment and
marketing and sales. See "Use of Proceeds."
BROAD DISCRETION IN APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
The management of the Company has broad discretion to adjust the application
and allocation of the net proceeds of this offering, including funds received
upon exercise of the Warrants, of which there is no assurance, in order to
address changed circumstances and opportunities. As a result of the foregoing,
the success of the Company will be substantially dependent upon the discretion
and judgment of the management of the Company with respect to the application
and allocation of the net proceeds hereof. Pending use of such proceeds, the net
proceeds of this offering will be invested by the Company in temporary,
short-term interest-bearing obligations. See "Use of Proceeds."
UNCERTAIN PROTECTION OF PATENT, TRADEMARK, COPYRIGHT AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
In March 1996, the Company acquired all rights, title and interest in the
first U.S. patent, U.S. Patent No. 5,526,353, which is comprised of and has been
approved for 40 claims, for a system and method for communicating high fidelity
and clear transmission of audio or voice over the Internet and intranets,
enabling free worldwide transmission of ordinary telephone communications. The
Company acquired all rights, title and interest in the patent from the
inventors, Messrs. Arthur Henley and Scott Grau, who are original stockholders
of the Company, in consideration of a five percent overriding royalty interest
against gross profits involving the use of the patent. The Company had agreed to
allocate $1,000,000 of capital to develop and exploit the market opportunities
of the patent by December 31, 1996, or the patent will be subject to repurchase
by the inventors of the patent. The Company has satisfied its commitment to
allocate $1,000,000 towards the technology as of December 31, 1996. The Company
believes that its patent is the first patent awarded of its kind, specifically
involving the transmission of audio or voice over the Internet and intranets.
The Company also believes that its patent may provide certain strategic and
technological advantages in the new and burgeoning area of audio or voice over
the Internet and intranets. The Company can make no assurances, however, as to
the extent of the advantages or protection, if any, that may be granted to the
Company as a result of its patent.
9
<PAGE>
The Company currently does not have any other patent or copyright
applications pending. However, the Company has numerous trademark applications
pending related to certain of its products and technologies. The Company may
file patent, trademark and copyright applications relating to certain of the
Company's products and technologies. If patents, trademarks or copyrights were
to be issued, there can be no assurance as to the extent of the protection that
will be granted to the Company as a result of having such patents, trademarks or
copyrights or that the Company will be able to afford the expenses of any
complex litigation which may be necessary to enforce its proprietary rights.
Failure of the Company's patents, trademark and copyright applications may have
a material adverse impact on the Company's business. Except as may be required
by the filing of patent, trademark and copyright applications, the Company will
attempt to keep all other proprietary information secret and to take such
actions as may be necessary to insure the results of its development activities
are not disclosed and are protected under the common law concerning trade
secrets. Such steps will include the execution of nondisclosure agreements by
key Company personnel and may also include the imposition of restrictive
agreements on purchasers of the Company's products and services. There is no
assurance that the execution of such agreements will be effective to protect the
Company, that the Company will be able to enforce the provisions of such
nondisclosure agreements or that technology and other information acquired by
the Company pursuant to its development activities will be deemed to constitute
trade secrets by any court of competent jurisdiction.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPETITION
Businesses in the United States and abroad that are engaged in Internet and
intranet technologies, products and services are substantial in number and
highly competitive. Many of the companies with which the Company intends to
compete are substantially larger and have substantially greater resources than
the Company. It is also likely that other competitors will emerge in the future.
The Company will compete with companies that have greater market recognition,
greater resources and broader capabilities than the Company. As a consequence,
there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully compete in
the marketplace. See "Business."
LIMITATION ON DIRECTOR LIABILITY
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors to the Company or
its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a director's fiduciary duty
except for liability in four specific instances. These are for (i) any breach of
the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing
violation of law, (iii) unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock
purchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, or (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit. As a result of the Company's charter provision and
Delaware law, stockholders may have more limited rights to recover against
directors for breach of fiduciary duty. See "Management -- Limitation on
Liability of Directors."
ARBITRARY OFFERING PRICE
There has been no prior public market for the Company's securities. The
price to the public of the securities offered hereby has been arbitrarily
determined by negotiations between the Company and the Representative and bears
no relationship to the Company's earnings, book value or any other recognized
criteria of value. The offering price of $5.00 per share of Common Stock is
substantially in excess of the net tangible book value of $.05 per share,
derived from the Company's balance sheet as of December 31, 1996, and in excess
of the price received by the Company for shares sold in prior transactions. See
"Prospectus Summary -- Selected Financial Data," "Underwriting," "Dilution and
Other Comparative Data" and "Certain Transactions."
REQUIREMENTS OF CURRENT PROSPECTUS AND STATE BLUE SKY REGISTRATION IN
CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF THE WARRANTS
The Company will be able to issue the securities offered hereby, shares of
its Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrants and the Representative's
Purchase Option only if (i) there is a current prospectus relating to the
securities offered hereby under an effective registration statement filed with
10
<PAGE>
the Securities and Exchange Commission, and (ii) such Common Stock is then
qualified for sale or exempt therefrom under applicable state securities laws of
the jurisdictions in which the various holders of Warrants reside. Although the
Company intends to maintain a current registration statement, there can be no
assurance, however, that the Company will be successful in maintaining a current
registration statement. After a registration statement becomes effective, it may
require updating by the filing of a post-effective amendment. A post-effective
amendment is required when facts or events have occurred which represent a
material change in the information contained in the registration statement. The
Company intends to qualify the sale of the Warrants in a limited number of
states, although certain exemptions under certain state securities ("Blue Sky")
laws may permit the Warrants to be transferred to purchasers in states other
than those in which the Warrants were initially qualified. Qualification for the
exercise of the Warrants in the states is essential for the establishment of a
trading market in the securities. The Company can make no assurances that it
will be able to qualify its securities in any state. The Company will be
prevented, however, from issuing Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants in
those states where exemptions are unavailable and the Company has failed to
qualify the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company may
decide not to seek, or may not be able to obtain qualification of the issuance
of such Common Stock in all of the states in which the ultimate purchasers of
the Warrants reside. In such a case, the Warrants of those purchasers will
expire and have no value if such Warrants cannot be exercised or sold.
Accordingly, the market for the Warrants may be limited because of the Company's
obligation to fulfill the foregoing requirements. See "Description of
Securities," and "Underwriting."
LACK OF PRIOR MARKET FOR SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY
No prior market exists for the securities being offered hereby and no
assurance can be given that a market will develop subsequent to this offering.
The Representative may make a market in the securities of the Company upon the
closing of this offering, but there is no assurance that it will do so, or if a
market develops that it will be sustained. See "Description of Securities" and
"Underwriting."
WARRANTS SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION
The Company is offering 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per
share (the "Common Stock") and 1,500,000 Redeemable Common Stock Purchase
Warrants (the "Warrants"). The Common Stock and the Warrants (collectively, the
"Securities") are being offered separately and not as units, and each are
separately transferable. Each Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share
of Common Stock at $5.25 per share (subject to adjustment) during the five-year
period commencing on the date of this Prospectus. The Warrants are redeemable by
the Company for $.05 per Warrant, on not less than thirty (30) days nor more
than sixty (60) days written notice if the closing bid price for the Common
Stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share during any thirty (30) consecutive
trading day period ending not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the date that
the notice of redemption is mailed, provided there is then a current effective
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act")
with respect to the issuance and sale of Common Stock upon the exercise of the
Warrants. Any redemption of the Warrants during the one-year period commencing
on the date of this Prospectus shall require the written consent of the
Representative. See "Description of Securities" and "Underwriting."
The Company intends to qualify the sale of the securities in a limited
number of states, although certain exemptions under certain state securities
("Blue Sky") laws may permit the Warrants to be transferred to purchasers in
states other than those in which the Warrants were initially qualified. The
Company will be prevented, however, from issuing Common Stock upon exercise of
the Warrants in those states where exemptions are unavailable and the Company
has failed to qualify the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.
The Company may decide not to seek, or may not be able to obtain qualification
of the issuance of such Common Stock in all of the states in which the ultimate
purchasers of the Warrants reside. In such case, the Warrants of those
purchasers will expire and have no value if such Warrants cannot be exercised or
sold. Accordingly, the market for the Warrants may be limited because of the
Company's obligation to fulfill the foregoing requirements.
11
<PAGE>
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS TO REPRESENTATIVE MAY REDUCE PROCEEDS AVAILABLE TO
THE COMPANY
The Company has also agreed to pay fees to the Representative, aggregating
up to five percent of the consideration involved in the transaction, if the
Representative arranges equity financing, debt financing and assistance with
mergers and acquisitions, for the Company other than this offering during a
period of five years after the date of this Prospectus, or if the Representative
obtains or is influential in increasing any lines of credit the Company may
have, provided such financing or increase is accepted by the Company. Such fees
will reduce the amount of proceeds available to the Company from such financing
or line of credit. Further, in addition to a ten percent underwriting discount,
the Company has also agreed to pay the Representative a nonaccountable expense
allowance of three percent of the gross proceeds of this offering. To the extent
the foregoing compensation is paid from the proceeds of this offering, the
amounts available to the Company, will be reduced. Also, the Company has agreed
to enter into a financial advisory agreement with the Representative to act as
an investment banker for the Company for a period of three (3) years at a fee of
$108,000, payable at the closing of this offering. See "Underwriting."
EXERCISE OF REPRESENTATIVE'S WARRANTS MAY HAVE DILUTIVE EFFECT ON MARKET
In connection with this offering, the Company will issue to the
Representative and/or persons related to the Representative, for nominal
consideration, warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of Common Stock and 150,000
Warrants from the Company. The Representative's Purchase Warrants will be
exercisable for a five year period commencing from the effective date of the
offering at an exercise price of 165% of the price at which the Common Stock and
Warrants are sold to the public subject to adjustment. The Representative's
Purchase Warrants may have certain dilutive effects because the holders thereof
will be given the opportunity to profit from a rise in the market price of the
underlying shares with a resulting dilution in the interest of the Company's
other shareholders. The terms on which the Company could obtain additional
capital during the life of the Representative's Purchase Warrants may be
adversely affected because the holders of the Representative's Purchase Warrants
might be expected to exercise them at a time when the Company would otherwise be
able to obtain comparable additional capital in a new offering of securities at
a price per share greater than the exercise price of the Representative's
Purchase Warrants. The Company has agreed that, at the request of the holders
thereof under certain circumstances, it will register under federal and state
securities laws the Representative's Purchase Warrants and/or the securities
issuable thereunder. Exercise of these registration rights may involve
substantial expense to the Company at a time when it could not afford cash
expenditures and may adversely affect the terms upon which the Company may
obtain additional funding and may adversely affect the price of the Common
Stock. See "Underwriting."
REGULATIONS MAY IMPOSE CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON MARKETABILITY OF LOW-PRICED
SECURITIES
The Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission") has adopted
regulations which generally define "penny stock" to be any equity security that
has a market price (as defined) less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain
exceptions. Upon authorization of the securities offered hereby for quotation,
such securities will initially be exempt from the definition of "penny stock."
If the securities offered hereby fall within the definition of a "penny stock"
following the effective date, the Company's securities may become subject to
rules that impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who
sell such securities to persons other than established customers and accredited
investors (generally those with assets in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income
exceeding $200,000, or $300,000 together with their spouse). For transactions
covered by these rules, the broker-dealer must make a special suitability
determination for the purchase of such securities and have received the
purchaser's written consent to the transaction prior to the purchase.
Additionally, for any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the
rules require the delivery, prior to the transaction, of a risk disclosure
document mandated by the Commission relating to the penny stock market. The
broker-dealer also must disclose the commissions payable to both the
broker-dealer and the registered representative, current quotations for the
securities and, if the broker-dealer is the sole market-maker, the broker-dealer
must disclose this fact and the broker-dealer's presumed control over the
market. Finally, monthly statements must be sent disclosing recent price
information for the penny stock held in the
12
<PAGE>
account and information on the limited market in penny stocks. Consequently, the
"penny stock" rules may restrict the ability of broker-dealers to sell the
Company's securities and may affect the ability of purchasers in this offering
to sell the Company's securities in the secondary market.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE MARKET
All of the Company's currently outstanding shares of Common Stock are
"restricted securities" and, in the future, may be sold upon compliance with
Rule 144, adopted under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Rule 144
provides, in essence, that a person holding "restricted securities" for a period
of two years may sell only an amount every three months equal to the greater of
(a) one percent of the Company's issued and outstanding shares, or (b) the
average weekly volume of sales during the four calendar weeks preceding the
sale. The amount of "restricted securities" which a person who is not an
affiliate of the Company may sell is not so limited, since nonaffiliates may
sell without volume limitation their shares held for three years if there is
adequate current public information available concerning the Company. Upon the
sale of the securities, and assuming that there is no exercise of any issued and
outstanding Warrants, the Company will have 5,750,000 shares of its common stock
issued and outstanding, of which 4,250,000 shares will be "restricted
securities." Therefore, during each three month period, beginning January 9,
1997, a holder of restricted securities who has held them for at least the two
year period may sell under Rule 144 a number of shares up to 57,500 shares.
Non-affiliated persons who hold for the three-year period described above may
sell unlimited shares once their holding period is met. However, pursuant to the
terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the stockholders of the Company have agreed
not to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of any restricted securities
of the Company for a period of 24 months following the date of this Prospectus.
See "Dilution," "Principal Stockholders," "Certain Transactions," "Description
of Securities" and "Underwriting."
Prospective investors should be aware that the possibility of sales may, in
the future, have a depressive effect on the price of the Company's Common Stock
in any market which may develop and, therefore, the ability of any investor to
market his shares may be dependent directly upon the number of shares that are
offered and sold. Affiliates of the Company may sell their shares during a
favorable movement in the market price of the Company's Common Stock which may
have a depressive effect on its price per share. See "Description of
Securities."
POSSIBLE FAILURE TO QUALIFY FOR NASDAQ SMALLCAP MARKET LISTING
Although the Company has applied for listing of the Common Stock and the
Warrants on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, there can be no assurance that such
application will be approved or that a trading market for the Common Stock and
the Warrants will develop or, if developed, will be sustained. Furthermore,
there can be no assurances that the securities purchased by the public hereunder
may be resold at their original offering price or at any other price. In order
to qualify for initial listing on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, a company must,
among other things, have at least $4 million in total assets, $2 million net
worth, $1 million "public float," and a minimum bid price for its securities of
$3 per share. For continued listing on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, a company
must maintain $2 million in total assets, a $200,000 market value of the public
float and $1 million in total capital and surplus. In addition, continued
inclusion requires two market-makers and a minimum bid of $1 per share;
provided, however, that if a company falls below such minimum bid price, it will
remain eligible for continued inclusion on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market if the
market value of the public float is at least $1 million and the Company has $2
million in capital and surplus. The failure to meet these maintenance criteria,
or proposed stiffer maintenance criteria, in the future may result in the
discontinuance of the inclusion of the Common Stock and Warrants on the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market.
If the Company is or becomes unable to meet the listing criteria (either
initially or on a continued basis) of the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and is never
traded or becomes delisted therefrom, trading, if any, in the Common Stock and
the Warrants would thereafter be conducted in the over-the-counter market in the
"pink sheets" or, if then available, on the "Electronic Bulletin Board"
administered by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the
"NASD"). In such an event, the market price of the Common Stock and the Warrants
may be adversely impacted. As a result, an investor may find it difficult to
dispose of, or to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of the
Common Stock and the Warrants.
13
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
After deducting the expenses of this offering, the Company will receive net
proceeds from the offering of approximately $5,918,750. These proceeds,
excluding the exercise of any of the Warrants, will be utilized in order of
priority by the Company as listed below for approximately 12 months
substantially as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APPROXIMATE
AMOUNT OF NET
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES PROCEEDS %
--------------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Management Compensation(1)............................. $ 750,000 12.67
Employee Salaries and Overhead(2)...................... 1,000,000 16.90
OPERATING COSTS AND WORKING CAPITAL
Software Support and Development(3).................... 1,100,000 18.58
Capital Equipment(4)................................... 1,250,000 21.12
Marketing and Sales(5)................................. 1,000,000 16.90
Mergers and Acquisitions(6)............................ 250,000 4.22
Working Capital(7)..................................... 568,750 9.61
--------------- ---------
TOTAL.............................................. $ 5,918,750 100.00
--------------- ---------
--------------- ---------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) The officers and employees of the Company also intend to receive
remuneration as part of an overall group insurance plan providing health,
life and disability insurance benefits for employees of the Company. The
amount allocable to each individual officer and employee cannot be
specifically or precisely ascertained, but, in any event, will not exceed
$25,000 per annum as to each individual. The officers and directors of the
Company also will receive significant compensation in the form of salaries
and director fees, respectively. See "Management -- Remuneration."
(2) Includes annual general and administrative employee salaries, exclusive of
management salaries, associated benefits, related office rent and
miscellaneous office expenses. Also, includes financial advisory fees of
$108,000 for a three-year term payable to the Representative upon the
closing of this offering.
(3) Includes annual salaries for software and engineering support personnel.
(4) The Company intends to purchase and/or lease certain additional capital
equipment and product inventory including, but not limited to, engineering
and manufacturing equipment, computer hardware/software and systems,
telephone and facsimile systems, security systems and office equipment and
furniture.
(5) The amount allocated by the Company for marketing and sales includes
marketing materials, advertising, business travel and a significant
expansion of its marketing and sales staff.
(6) Following the closing of this offering, the Company intends to engage in a
mergers and acquisitions campaign in order to merge with or acquire
complementary companies in the $10 million to $25 million revenue range. The
Company has not entered into any negotiations, agreements, arrangements or
understandings with respect to the merger with or acquisition of any such
target companies, or has any such agreement or understandings with any
brokers or finders regarding same. The Company can make no assurances that
it will be able to merge with or acquire any companies. Although the Company
intends to utilize not more than $250,000 in its mergers and acquisitions
activities during the 12 months following the date of this Prospectus, no
assurances can be made that such funds will enable the Company to expand its
base or realize profitable consolidated operations. Whenever possible, the
Company intends to issue its securities rather than use such cash funds to
consummate a merger or acquisition. The ability of the Company to engage in
a mergers and acquisitions campaign in view of the Company's resources is
uncertain. Should such funds not be utilized in its mergers and acquisitions
activities, the Company intends to utilize the funds in equal amounts in
capital equipment and marketing and sales.
14
<PAGE>
(7) Working capital will be utilized by the Company to enhance and, otherwise,
stabilize cash flow during the initial 12 months of operations following the
closing of this offering, such that any shortfalls between cash generated by
operating revenues and costs will be covered by working capital. Although
the Company prefers to retain its working capital in reserve, the Company
may be required to expend part or all of these proceeds as financial demands
dictate.
Although it is uncertain that the Company's shares of Common Stock will rise
to a level at which the Warrants would be exercised, in the event subscribers in
this offering elect to exercise all of the Warrants herein (not including the
Representative's Over-allotment Option or the Representative's Purchase Option),
the Company will realize gross proceeds of approximately $7,875,000. Management
anticipates that the proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants would be
contributed to working capital of the Company. Nonetheless, the Company may at
the time of exercise allocate a portion of the proceeds to any other corporate
purposes. Accordingly, investors who exercise their Warrants will entrust their
funds to management, whose specific intentions regarding the use of such funds
are not presently and specifically known.
The Company is unable to predict the precise period for which this offering
will provide financing, although management believes that the Company should
have sufficient working capital to meet its cash requirements for the 12 months
period following the date of this offering. Accordingly, the Company may need to
seek additional funds through loans or other financing arrangements during this
period of time. No such arrangements exist or are currently contemplated and
there can be no assurance that they may be obtained in the future should the
need arise.
Pending utilization, management intends to make temporary investment of the
proceeds in bank certificates of deposit, interest-bearing savings accounts,
prime commercial paper or federal government securities.
15
<PAGE>
DILUTION
As of December 31, 1996, the Company had pro forma net tangible book value
of $1,483,457 or $.35 per share, derived from the Company's balance sheet as of
December 31, 1996 adjusted to give effect to the February 1997 conversion of
debt to equity and the total common stock outstanding at December 31, 1996 and
the issuance of Common Stock in February 1997 related to the conversion of debt
to equity. Net tangible book value per share means the tangible assets of the
Company, less all liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding. After giving effect to the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby
at an assumed price of $5.00 per share after deducting underwriting discounts
and estimated offering expenses, pro forma net tangible book value would have
been $7,402,207 or $1.29 per share. The result will be an immediate increase in
net tangible book value per share of $.94 (1,801%) to existing shareholders and
an immediate dilution to new investors of $3.71 (74%) per share. As a result,
public investors will bear most of the risk of loss since their shares are being
purchased at a cost substantially above the price that existing shareholders
acquired their shares. "Dilution" is determined by subtracting net tangible book
value per share after the offering from the offering price to investors. The
following table illustrates this dilution assuming no exercise of the
over-allotment option:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Public offering price of the Common Stock offered hereby............. $ 5.00
Pro forma net tangible book value per share, before the offering... $ .35
Increase per share attributable to the sale by the Company of the
shares offered hereby............................................. $ .94
---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share, after the offering...... $ 1.29
---------
Dilution per share to new investors.................................. $ 3.71
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The above table assumes no exercise of the Warrants, the Over-allotment
Option or the Representatives's Purchase Option. See "Description of
Securities."
The following table summarizes the investments of all existing stockholders
and new investors after giving effect to the sale of the shares offered hereby
assuming no exercise of the Over-allotment Option:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE PERCENT OF AVERAGE
SHARES OF TOTAL AGGREGATE TOTAL PRICE PER
PURCHASED SHARES CONSIDERATION INVESTED SHARE
------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Present Stockholders............................ 4,250,000 73.91% $ 2,280,000 23.31% $ 0.54
-----
-----
Public Stockholders............................. 1,500,000 26.09% $ 7,500,000 76.69% $ 5.00
------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -----
-----
Total....................................... 5,750,000 100.00% $ 9,780,000 100.00% $ 1.70
------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -----
------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -----
</TABLE>
If the Over-allotment Option is exercised in full, the public stockholders
will have paid $8,625,000 and will hold 1,725,000 shares of Common Stock,
representing 79.09%percent of the total consideration and 28.87% percent of the
total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock. See "Description of
Securities" and "Underwriting."
16
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company, as of
December 31, 1996 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the securities offered
hereby. The table should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements,
and the notes thereto.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1996 PRO FORMA (2) AS ADJUSTED(1)
------------ ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Long-term debt....................................................... $ 1,000 $ -- $ --
------------ ------------- -------
Stockholders' equity
Common Stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized,
4,000,000 shares outstanding; pro forma 4,250,000 shares
outstanding reflecting the issuance of shares after the conversion
of debt to equity in February 1997; 5,750,000 shares outstanding,
as adjusted....................................................... 40 $ 42 $ 57
Additional paid-in capital......................................... 7,035 8,308 14,212
Retained deficit................................................... (6,867) (6,867) (6,867)
------------ ------------- -------
Total stockholders' equity....................................... 208 1,483 7,402
------------ ------------- -------
Total capitalization............................................. $ 1,208 $ 1,483 $ 7,402
------------ ------------- -------
------------ ------------- -------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) As adjusted to reflect the net proceeds of this offering. Assumes no
exercise of (i) the Warrants; (ii) the Representative's Over-allotment
Option to purchase up to 225,000 shares of Common Stock and 225,000
Warrants; or (iii) the Representative's Purchase Option to purchase up to
150,000 shares of Common Stock and 150,000 Warrants. See "Description of
Securities" and "Underwriting."
(2) The pro forma capitalization illustrates the effect of the conversion of
$1,275,081 debt to equity in February 1997 (which includes a $250,000 loan
received by the Company in January 1997). See "Financial Statements."
DIVIDEND POLICY
Holders of the Company's Common Stock are entitled to dividends when, as and
if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.
The Company does not anticipate the declaration or payment of any dividends in
the foreseeable future. The Company intends to retain earnings, if any, to
finance the development and expansion of its business. Future dividend policy
will be subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be
contingent upon future earnings, if any, the Company's financial condition,
capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors. Therefore,
there can be no assurance that any dividends of any kind will ever be paid by
the Company.
17
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION
PLAN OF OPERATION
e-Net, Inc. ("Company"), develops, markets and supports open client-server
and integrated applications software that enables local, national and
international telephone communications, information exchange and commerce over
the Internet and private Internet Protocol ("IP") networks. The Company's
software products allow individuals and organizations to execute secure, private
voice communications across the Internet and intranets, through the use of
authentication technology, for local, national and international telephone
communications, information exchange and commerce. In addition, through the use
of the Company's software, organizations can extend their internal information
systems and enterprise applications to geographically dispersed facilities,
remote offices and mobile employees. Competitive factors in the Internet-based
software and services market include core technology, breadth of product
features, product quality, marketing and distribution resources, and customer
service and support. However, the market and competition are still new and
rapidly emerging, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
compete successfully against current or future competitors, or that this
competition will not adversely affect the Company's business, operating results
or financial condition. See "Risk Factors" and "Business -- Competition."
In March 1996, the Company acquired all rights title and interest in the
first U.S. patent, U.S. Patent No. 5,526,353, which is comprised of and has been
approved for 40 claims, for a system and method for communicating high fidelity
and clear transmission of audio or voice over the Internet and intranets,
enabling free worldwide high fidelity and clear transmission of ordinary
telephone communications. The Company acquired all rights, title and interest in
the patent from the inventors, Messrs. Arthur Henley and Scott Grau, who are
original stockholders of the Company, in consideration of a five percent
overriding royalty interest against gross profit involving the use of the
patent. The Company had agreed to allocate $1,000,000 of capital to develop and
exploit the market opportunities of the technology by December 31, 1996, or the
patent would be subject to repurchase by the inventors of the patent. The
Company has satisfied its commitment to allocate $1,000,000 towards the patent
as of December 31, 1996. The Company believes that its patent is the first
patent awarded of its kind, specifically involving the transmission of audio or
voice over the Internet and intranets. The Company also believes that its patent
may provide certain strategic and technological advantages in the new and
burgeoning area of audio or voice over the Internet and intranets. The Company
can make no assurances, however, as to the extent of the advantages or
protection, if any, that may be granted to the Company as a result of its patent
or as to the future success of the Company in bringing products related to this
technology to market. See "Business," "Management" and "Financial Statements."
The Company's operations to date have concentrated on continuing development
of its technologies, products and services, establishing acceptance of its
software products in the telecommunications industry, providing services to its
existing customer base, and securing financing necessary to fund development,
operations and expansion of its business.
The Company's line of products include:
TELECOM-2000-TM-
e-Net's Telecom-2000 product is based on the patent rights acquisition
described above and consists of voice/data integration and authentication
protocol, voice packetization software, prototype interfaces to Ethernet
telephony hardware, address resolution and call handling software, and
interfaces to the traditional telephone network through a PC, or personal
computer. The Telecom-2000 is designed to allow individuals and organizations to
execute secure, private voice communications across the Internet and intranets,
such as local, national and international telephone communications. Due to the
economical and highly scalable architecture that e-Net has developed,
Telecom-2000 can be utilized for integrated data and telephony communications in
very small offices, enterprise networks, national reseller networks and for the
individual consumer. Between October 1996 and January 1997, the Company entered
into non-exclusive agreements with Intermedia Communication
18
<PAGE>
Incorporated, Sprint, American Communication Services, Inc., NationsBank and
Retix Corporation to "beta" test and evaluate the Company's Telecom-2000 product
for possible implementation and use for voice communications services over the
Internet and/or intranets. The testing and evaluation with these companies is
expected to last approximately six months. Although the Company believes that
its Telecom 2000 product is in the final testing and evaluation stage and
projected to be available to market by the end of the Company's fourth quarter
of fiscal 1997, the Company can make no assurances that it will be able to enter
into any agreements with such concerns for the sale of such product. Depending
on the precise configuration and volume, the Company intends to offer the
Telecom-2000 at a price of approximately $750 per unit, which includes a one
year warranty and technical service, training and support.
INTELLICD-TM-
The IntelliCD product was developed by e-Net to meet a strategic need of
Sprint. Sprint's larger customers have reported a critical need to receive
monthly billing information (call detail reports) in an easily accessible,
computer acceptable input format, which would allow direct access, search and
retrieval to meet a wide variety of requirements. The CD-ROM medium provides
rapid access to data, uses ubiquitous PC equipment for access, and requires
minimal storage requirements. The e-Net approach includes the design and
development of an ergonomic, SQL-based search and retrieval software engine that
permits users with little knowledge of data processing to easily define and
generate a wide variety of searches and reports. Since e-Net's software design
is highly generalized, the IntelliCD process is readily adapted to any
requirement involving repeated use of large volume, non-volatile data sets.
Depending on precise configuration and volume, the Company offers the IntelliCD
at a price of approximately $300 per unit, which includes a one year warranty
and technical service, training and support. For the periods ended December 31,
1996 and March 31, 1996, the Company realized $107,200 and $74,500,
respectively, in sales of the IntelliCD product, representing approximately 24
percent and 25 percent, respectively, of its total sales.
e-NET NMS-TM-
The e-Net Network Management System ("e-Net NMS") is a proprietary expert
systems-based, user friendly, object-oriented network and system management
product that is offered by the Company. Through the introduction of automated
problem, configuration, accounting, performance and security management, the
Company's e-Net NMS product provides corporate and government enterprises with
flexibility for the management of global telephone and data networks, including
networks connected by the Internet. The e-Net NMS product also provides network
traffic optimization and re-routing, real-time configuration and database
management, generation of all needed reports, and system failure detection and
prediction. Depending on precise configuration and volume, the Company offers
the e-Net NMS product at a price of approximately $60,000 per unit, which
includes a one year warranty and technical service, training and support. For
the periods ended December 31, 1996 and March 31, 1996, the Company realized
$24,000 and $43,000, respectively, in sales of the e-Net NMS product,
representing approximately 5 percent and 15 percent, respectively, of its total
sales.
DEBITBILL-TM-
The telephone debit card business has experienced strong growth in response
to customer acceptance and increasing demand. e-Net's experience with its own
proprietary debit billing card product, called DebitBill, has indicated that
there may be significant market demand for this technology, although the Company
can make no assurances of the extent of any demand. The Company intends to sell
its debit card product to the Internet service delivery market. DebitBill
interfaces with standard telephone switches and related accounting management
software to identify the customer and to record and manage amounts owed. The
Company believes that DebitBill may be a significant product in its suite of
products because of the ease-of-use and cash flow implications of this
technology. e-Net has specifically designed DebitBill for the Internet and
private IP networks. Depending on precise configuration and volume, the Company
has recently begun to offer the DebitBill product at a price of
19
<PAGE>
approximately $60,000 per unit, which includes a one year warranty and technical
service, training and support. For the periods ended December 31, 1996 and March
31, 1996, the Company has not realized any sales of this product.
SERVICES
In addition to the products listed above, e-Net provides technology services
to its customers in a number of other areas. The Company has made a commitment
to provide timely, high quality technical support to meet the diverse needs of
its customers and partners and to facilitate the adoption and use of its
technologies, products and services. These services include e-Net Helpdesk
support, consulting on software programming and network management systems and
training. For the periods ended December 31, 1996 and March 31, 1996, the
Company realized $307,284 and $176,376, respectively, in sales related to its
technology support services, representing approximately 70 percent and 60
percent, respectively, of its total sales.
The Company's plans for the next fiscal year center around continuing
efforts to complete the final phase development and test marketing of
Telecom-2000. Management believes that the market for such a product is only now
being defined and customers are waiting for a product which can deliver voice
quality equivalent to existing telephony at a reduced cost. While no assurances
can be made of Telecom-2000's success, management believes this product's
potential in the marketplace may be significant. To date, no installations of
Telecom-2000 have been sold. As a result, the Company's operating results may
fluctuate significantly based upon future sales.
The Company also intends to continue internal development of additional
versions of Telecom-2000, as well as, other software products. Management
believes that, as the market matures, different market segments will require
slightly modified versions of its Telecom-2000. Management also believes that
additional software product requirements will be recognized while working with
its customers and installing its existing products or providing its existing
expert services.
Following the closing of this offering, the Company intends to engage in a
mergers and acquisitions campaign in order to merge with or acquire
complementary companies in the $10 million to $25 million revenue range. The
Company has not entered into any negotiations, agreements, arrangements or
understandings with respect to the merger with or acquisition of any such target
companies, or has any such agreement or understandings with any brokers or
finders regarding same. The Company can make no assurances that it will be able
to merge with or acquire any companies. Although the Company intends to utilize
not more than $250,000 in its mergers and acquisitions activities during the 12
months following the date of this Prospectus, no assurances can be made that
such funds will enable the Company to expand its base or realize profitable
consolidated operations. Whenever possible, the Company intends to issue its
securities rather than use such cash funds to consummate a merger or
acquisition. The ability of the Company to engage in a mergers and acquisitions
campaign in view of the Company's resources is uncertain. Should such funds not
be utilized in its mergers and acquisitions activities, the Company intends to
utilize the funds in equal amounts in capital equipment and marketing and sales.
The Company's objective is to market and distribute its products worldwide,
in part by disseminating its products through multiple national and
international distribution channels. However, there can be no assurances that
the Company will be able to meet this objective. The Company has designed its
distribution strategy to address the particular requirements of its diverse
institutional and individual target customers. The Company's direct distribution
efforts will consist of a direct sales force and telesales as well as marketing
directly VIA the e-Net home page on the Internet. The Company also intends to
distribute its products indirectly through OEMs, systems integrators, VARs and
software retailers.
As described in Note B to the Financial Statements, the Company issued
500,000 bridge units to four persons, comprising 1,000,000 shares of Common
Stock, 1,000,000 Class A Warrants, and 1,000,000 Class B Warrants as additional
consideration for a bridge loan of $1,000,000, the proceeds of
20
<PAGE>
which were received in March and April 1996. In June 1996, however, the bridge
loan principal was converted to paid in capital and accounted for as
consideration paid for the 500,000 bridge units. In addition to the payment of
interest of 8% per annum on the bridge loan, interest expense of $6,000,000
related to the issuance of the bridge units was accrued during the period from
the date of each loan through the effective date of this offering and a
corresponding credit will be credited to paid in capital; of this amount
$614,865 was expensed as of March 31, 1996 and $5,385,135 was expensed in fiscal
1997. In February 1997, such persons agreed to the cancellation of the Class A
and B Warrants.
In addition, operating results for the year ended March 31, 1997 and
thereafter, will be negatively impacted by the expenditure of funds for
continuing development of the Company's technologies, products and services.
In July 1996, the Company caused a 2:1 reverse stock split of its issued and
outstanding shares of common stock, Class A and Class B Warrants. In August
1996, the Company caused a 2:1 split of its issued and outstanding shares of
common stock, Class A Warrants and Class B Warrants. In February 1997, the
Company caused a 2:1 reverse stock split of its issued and outstanding shares of
Common Stock and canceled its outstanding Class A and Class B warrants. Also, in
February 1997, the Company converted a $1,250,000 loan obligation to 250,000
shares of Common Stock, resulting in 4,250,000 shares of Common Stock issued and
outstanding prior to this offering.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED WITH PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1995
Revenue increased by 114% to $439,000 in the nine months ended December 31,
1996 from $205,000 in the period ended December 31, 1995. The increase in
revenue dollars was attributable to the increased delivery of the Company's
IntelliSeries Products and Help Desk Services. In the period ended December 31,
1996, revenue mix, as a percentage of revenue, among products and services was
5% and 95%, respectively. Revenue mix among products and services for the
corresponding period in 1995 was 21% and 79%, respectively.
Cost of product sales and service increased by 712% to $303,000 in the
nine-months ended December 31, 1996 or 69% as a percentage of revenue as
compared to $37,000 or 18% as a percentage of revenue in the corresponding
period in 1995. The dollar increase was largely attributable to the increased
business volume and the associated labor, overhead, consultant and subcontract
costs necessary to service the increased volume, as well as the foregoing
compensation during the startup phase (see pro forma adjustment on the Statement
of Operations for the period from beginning of operations to December 31, 1995).
The percentage increase was attributable to the elements discussed above.
General and administrative expense increased by 603% to $594,000 in the nine
months ended December 31, 1996 from $84,000 in the corresponding period in 1995.
The dollar and percentage increase were largely due to the hiring of
administrative and selling staff. The number of employees of the Company engaged
in general and administrative, selling, and research and development activities
increased from two at December 31, 1995 to ten at December 31, 1996. The Company
plans to make additional expenditures in the general and administrative and
selling organizations as necessary and does not expect the overall cost as a
percentage of revenue to decline in the next twelve months.
Research and development costs increased to $159,000 in the nine months
ended December 31, 1996 as compared to $0 in the corresponding period in 1995.
Research and development costs consist of hardware related development costs
associated with the Telecom-2000 product and the $50,000 purchase price for
certain prototype boards, proprietary software code and research and development
in May 1996. The Company also incurred $368,000 in capitalized software
development costs related to development of software for its Telecom-2000
product in the nine months ended December 31, 1996. The Company plans to
continue research and development activities, however, future software
development costs will be capitalized in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles,
21
<PAGE>
subject to judgments to be made as to technological feasibility of the software
development efforts and recoverability. Upon release of software products,
ongoing development, maintenance and support costs will be expensed as incurred.
Interest and financing charges net total was $5,700,000 in the nine months
ended December 31, 1996 as compared to $-0- in the corresponding period in 1995.
The increase in interest and financing charges was mainly due to $5,400,000 in
interest expense associated with a private placement and $300,000 of costs
associated with a planned initial public offering of securities in 1996 which
was abandoned in September 1996. The extraordinary interest expense associated
with the bridge loans reflects the highly speculative nature of the loans at the
time. Traditional forms of short term asset based financing were not available
to the Company. Management therefore believed that the funds provided by the
loans were critical to the Company to bring its products to market and justified
the issuance of the bridge unit securities as additional consideration for such
loans. The Company does not expect to encounter similar difficulty in obtaining
short term financing in the future. Therefore, financing expense of the
magnitude associated with the bridge financing is believed to be non-recurring.
The Company's product lines are ready for commercial production. A portion of
the proceeds from the Company's initial public offering will be used to fund the
production of start-up inventory necessary for initial deliveries to customers.
By filling sales orders and generating increases in accounts receivable and cash
flow, management believes traditional asset-based financing will be attainable
to satisfy ongoing working capital needs. The Company signed a new letter of
intent in February 1997 for an initial public offering of securities (see
Liquidity and Capital Resources below).
Loss from operations increased to $6,330,000 in the nine months ended
December 31, 1996 as compared to income from operations of $83,000 or 41% as a
percentage of revenue in the corresponding period in 1995. The dollar decrease
in income from operations was largely attributable to the increase in financing
costs associated with a private placement, research and development, and
selling, general and administrative costs as discussed above. In future periods,
gross margins may be affected by price competition or changes in sales channels,
increases in the costs of goods or changes in the mix of products sold.
A valuation allowance has been established equal to the amount of income
taxes pending evidence that the Company will be able to generate taxable net
income which will be offset by the tax net loss carryforward in future years.
Financing expense associated with the issuance of bridge units is non-deductible
and is being treated as a capital transaction for income tax reporting purposes.
The use of net operating losses by the Company in the future to offset taxable
income may be limited to the event of a change in control of the Company in
accordance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Net loss for the quarter ended December 31, 1996 was $6,300,000, or ($1.59)
per share, compared to net income of $83,000, or $.03 per share, for the period
ended December 31, 1995. Net loss for nine months ended December 31, 1996
included $5,700,000 in private placement and cost of stock offering interest and
financing charges as previously discussed.
PERIOD FROM BEGINNING OF OPERATIONS (JUNE 8, 1995) TO MARCH 31, 1996
The Company reported sales for the period of $293,876. For the period ending
March 31, 1996, the Company derived 32% (Sprint), 29% (Comsat), 16% (First Data
Resources) and 13% (Documenta) of its sales from four customers, respectively.
The sales is attributable to its three main business areas: sales of software
products, integration and support of software products, integration and support
of enterprise computer networks. The cost of product sales and service consists
of salaries and wages, support costs and other expenses. The gross margin for
its products and services was approximately 70% of sales.
The Company reported selling, general and administrative expenses of
$115,171 which consisted of salaries of officer and employees, support costs,
legal fees, the cost of product development charged to expense during the period
and other administrative expenses.
Interest and financing charges were $621,749 including an interest charge of
$614,865 associated with the issuance of bridge units as additional
consideration for a $500,000 bridge loan originating in March 1996, as well as
interest on loans from the president of the Company.
22
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Company's operations to date have concentrated on continuing development
of its products, establishing acceptance of its software products in the
telecommunications industry, providing services to its existing customer base
and securing financing necessary to fund development, operations and expansion
of its business. Management believes cash flow provided by operations and
remaining proceeds received or to be received from MVSI, Inc. as described in
Note H will be sufficient to sustain operations for the remainder of fiscal
1997. Additional financing will be necessary to provide for continued product
development and operations in fiscal 1998.
In February 1997, the Company signed a letter of intent for an initial
public offering of the Company's securities with this Underwriter. The net
proceeds of the offering should net the Company approximately $5.9 million.
These proceeds should provide adequate working capital for the Company to
self-fund operations, continued development expenditures and production
inventory costs over the next 12 months.
The Company received $500,000 in March 1996 and $500,000 in April 1996 under
bridge loan transactions wherein the Company issued 1,000,000 bridge units (each
unit consisting of two shares of Common Stock, two Class A Warrants and two
Class B Warrants) as additional financing costs in consideration for making the
loans. However, such loans were converted to paid in capital in June 1996 and
accounted for as consideration paid for the bridge units. See "Certain
Transactions" and "Description of Securities."
The Company's commitments currently include an agreement to allocate
$1,000,000 of capital by December 31, 1996 to develop and exploit the market
opportunities of the patent acquired in March 1996, or the patent will be
subject to repurchase by the inventors of the patent. The Company has satisfied
its commitment to allocate $1,000,000 towards the technology as of December 31,
1996. In addition, the Company is also committed under an employment agreement
effective April 1, 1996 with an officer which provides for an annual salary and
bonus of $262,500. Other than the lease commitment described below, the Company
has no other significant firm commitments. However, using the net proceeds of
the Company's offering, the Company does anticipate that a significant amount of
start-up inventory will be necessary to fill initial orders from customers. In
addition, while no firm commitments exist, the net proceeds from the offering
will also be used to purchase and/or lease additional capital equipment
including but not limited to, engineering and manufacturing equipment, computer
hardware and software, telephone and facsimile systems, securitiy systems, and
office equipment and furniture.
The Company leases approximately 5,500 square feet for its principal
executive offices located at 12800 Middlebrook Road, Suite 200, Germantown,
Maryland 20874. The Company also leases approximately 1,500 square feet for
additional operational facilities located at 12325 Hymeadow Drive, Austin, Texas
78750. The Company intends to expand its Texas facility to 5,500 square feet
following the closing of this offering. Base rental for the current premises are
approximately $7,900 and $1,200 per month, respectively. The lease requires the
Company to pay certain property taxes and certain operating expenses. The
Company believes that its current and anticipated facilities are suitable and
adequate for its operations.
IMPACT OF INFLATION
The Company does not believe that inflation has had a material adverse
effect on sales or income since its inception. Increases in supplies or other
operating costs may adversely affect the Company's operations; however, the
Company believes it may increase prices of its technologies, products and
services to offset increases in costs of goods sold or other operating costs.
TECHNOLOGY CHANGES
Based on its limited experience to date, the Company believes that its
future operating results may be subject to quarterly variations based on a
variety of factors, including technology changes and advances, especially in the
Internet. Such effects may not be apparent in the Company's operating results
during a period of expansion. However, the Company can make no assurances that
its business can be significantly expanded under any circumstances.
23
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
OVERVIEW
e-Net, Inc. develops, markets and supports open client-server and integrated
applications software that enables local, national and international telephone
communications, information exchange and commerce over the Internet and private
Internet Protocol ("IP") networks. The Company's software products are designed
to deliver high levels of performance, ease of use and security. These software
products allow individuals and organizations to execute secure, private voice
communications across the Internet and intranets, through the use of
authentication technology, for local, national and international telephone
communications, information exchange and commerce. In addition, through the use
of the Company's software, organizations can extend their internal information
systems and enterprise applications to geographically dispersed facilities,
remote offices and mobile employees.
In March 1996, the Company acquired all rights, title and interest in the
first U.S. patent, U.S. Patent No. 5,526,353, which is comprised of and has been
approved for 40 claims, for a system and method for communicating high fidelity
and clear transmission of audio or voice over the Internet and intranets,
enabling free worldwide high fidelity and clear transmission of ordinary
telephone communications. The Company acquired all rights, title and interest in
the patent from the inventors, Messrs. Arthur Henley and Scott Grau, who are
original stockholders of the Company, in consideration of a five percent
overriding royalty interest against gross profits involving the use of the
patent. The Company had agreed to allocate $1,000,000 of capital to develop and
exploit the market opportunities for the patent by December 31, 1996, or the
patent would be subject to repurchase by the inventors of the patent. The
Company has satisfied its commitment to allocate $1,000,000 towards the
technology as of December 31, 1996. The Company believes that its patent is the
first patent awarded of its kind, specifically involving the transmission of
audio or voice over the Internet and intranets. The Company also believes that
its patent may provide certain strategic and technological advantages in the new
and burgeoning area of audio or voice over the Internet and intranets. The
Company can make no assurances, however, as to the extent of the advantages or
protection, if any, that may be granted to the Company as a result of its patent
or as to the future success of the Company in bringing products related to this
technology to market. The Company's first product utilizing its patent is
Telecom-2000-TM-, a hardware and software suite designed for voice over the
Internet and intranets, which is in the final testing stage and projected to be
available to market by the end of the Company's fourth quarter of fiscal 1997.
In March 1996, e-Net entered into an agreement with Sprint Communications
Company, L.P. ("Sprint"), a leading telecommunications company, under which
e-Net will deliver certain software development services known as Sprint
Internet Protocol Dial Services support. Sprint, to date, has been the Company's
largest customer. Under the agreement, e-Net will use highly technical software
development services to provide security and field support to Sprint customers
who use Sprint as a means of accessing the Internet. e-Net's agreement provides
that e-Net will generate all of the revenues associated with the number of
authorized Sprint Internet Protocol Dial Service user identity codes. e-Net
shall also perform password administration, customer service administration and
emergency help desk administration under the terms of the agreement. The
agreement has a duration of one year, with automatic one year renewals, subject
to mutual consent. e-Net intends to seek additional strategic alliances with the
Regional Bell Operating Companies (RBOC's) for the use of its technologies,
products and services. The Company has not entered into any negotiations to
enter into any strategic alliances with the RBOC's. The Company can make no
assurances that it will be able to enter into any agreements with such concerns
for its technologies, products and services.
In June 1996, e-Net entered into a letter of intent with the Product
Management Group of the Advanced Data Services Division of Sprint to enter into
an agreement to provide certain of e-Net's technologies, products and services
to Sprint to enable Sprint's frame relay customers, approximately 1,500
nationwide, to generate network data reports on an automated basis for their
virtual private networks. In November 1996, the Company entered into an
agreement with this division of Sprint for a one year term at a value based on
products delivered.
24
<PAGE>
Between October 1996 and January 1997, the Company entered into
non-exclusive agreements with Intermedia Communication Incorporated, Sprint,
American Communications Services, Inc., NationsBank and Retix Corporation to
"beta" test and evaluate the Company's Telecom-2000 product for possible
implementation and use for voice communications services over the Internet
and/or intranets. The testing and evaluation with these companies, which does
not include any cash consideration, is expected to last approximately six
months. Although the Company believes that its Telecom 2000 product is in the
final testing and evaluation stage and projected to be available to market by
the end of the Company's fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company can make no
assurances that it will be able to enter into any agreements with such concerns
for the sale of such product.
In January 1997, the Company's Telecom-2000 product was selected as one of
three finalists for the Internet/intranet product category in the ComNet 97 New
Product Achievement Awards Competition, sponsored by COMPUTERWORLD, at the
ComNet trade show and exposition in Washington, D.C. The Telecom-2000 product
was demonstrated to the public at ComNet during the three-day show and
exposition while on display at the Company's and Sprint's trade booths. The
Company also had representatives present in Sprint's booth where the
Telecom-2000 product was demonstrated through voice communication between the
Company's and Sprint's booths and between the Company's booth and anywhere off
the network that the participant wanted to call.
In January 1997, the Company entered into a mutual cooperation agreement
with MVSI, Inc., a Washington, D.C. area based technology products and services
company, under which MVSI intends to resell and OEM certain of the Company's
products for applications related to the robotic and instrument technologies and
industries.
In January 1997, the Company entered into an agreement with Lockheed Martin
Technical Services, Inc. ("Lockheed Martin"), a Bethesda, Maryland based defense
and aerospace technologies firm, to perform certain telecommunications
engineering and systems integration services as a subcontractor basis, on
defense and aerospace technologies contracts. The agreement has an initial value
of approximately $500,000 for a one year term and, although no assurances can be
made, the agreement may be expanded in value and term during the current fiscal
year.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
INTERNET
The Internet is a global web of computer networks. Developed over 25 years
ago, this "network of networks" allows any computer attached to the Internet to
talk to any other using the Internet Protocol. The Internet has traditionally
been subsidized by the U.S. federal government. As the number of commercial
entities that rely on the Internet for business communications and commerce has
increased, the level of federal subsidies has significantly diminished, and
funding for the Internet infrastructure and backbone operations has shifted
primarily to the private sector. Further, the Internet has historically been
used by academic institutions, defense contractors and government agencies
primarily for remote access to host computers and for sending and receiving
e-mail.
Further, individuals are connecting directly to the Internet through
Internet access services such as those provided by MCI, NETCOM, Performance
Systems International, Inc. ("PSI"), and UUNET Technologies, Inc. ("UUNET").
These services are growing as easy-to-use software packages make accessing the
Internet as easy as getting onto the popular online services. To compete with
these direct Internet access providers, consumer online services including
America Online, Inc. ("AOL"), CompuServe, Inc. ("CompuServe"), and Prodigy
Services Co. ("Prodigy"), have also introduced Internet access gateways for
their existing subscribers. With these gateways, the online services effectively
become large Internet "on-ramps," bringing large numbers of subscribers onto the
Internet.
WORLD WIDE WEB
Much of the recent growth in Internet use by businesses and individuals has
been driven by the emergence of a network of servers and information available
on the Internet called the World Wide Web ("Web"). The Web, based on a
client/server model and a set of standards for information access
25
<PAGE>
and navigation, can be accessed using software that allows non-technical users
to exploit the capabilities of the Internet. The Web enables users to find,
retrieve and link information on the Internet in a consistent way that makes the
underlying complexities transparent to the user. Electronic documents are
published on Web servers in a common format described by the Hypertext Markup
Language ("HTML"). Web client software can retrieve these documents across the
Internet by making requests using a standard protocol called Hypertext Transfer
Protocol ("HTTP"). The first Web client (or "browser") with a graphical user
interface to utilize these protocols was NCSA Mosaic, first released in April
1993 by the National Center for Supercomputing Applications at the University of
Illinois ("NCSA").
The proliferation of Web clients has created significant demand for software
to enable Internet servers and private servers on corporate networks to function
as Web servers. These servers are used by organizations to offer their products
and services on the Internet and to publish confidential company information to
employees inside the enterprise. Web usage is expected to be further fueled by
advances in Web client, server and application software, in concert with
technological developments that drive cost reductions and performance
enhancements.
INTERNET COMMERCE
The Internet provides organizations and individuals with new means to
conduct business. Commercial uses of the Internet include business-to-business
and business-to-consumer transactions, product marketing, advertising,
entertainment, electronic publishing, electronic services and customer support.
The Internet offers a new and powerful medium for traditional retail and mail
order businesses to target and manage a wider customer base more rapidly,
economically and productively. The Company believes that only a small fraction
of this retail business is currently conducted electronically. Another important
application for Internet commerce is electronic publishing through advertiser
supported and fee-based Internet services. Electronic publishing offers
substantial savings as compared to publishing on paper or computer discs. In
addition, Web software permits the publishing of audio files and video clips as
well as text and graphical data.
In addition to retailers and publishers, other new businesses are appearing
on the Web as it provides access to a growing base of home, business and
education customers. Business information providers such as Dow Jones & Company,
Inc., Individual, Inc. and Reuters Ltd. have started customizing news services
on the Web. Financial service institutions are providing online banking
information, stock information and trading services. Examples of popular
consumer information services recently introduced include ESPNet,
Knight-Ridder's Mercury Center and Sportsline U.S.A. Companies from many
industries are publishing product and company information to their channel
partners and customers, providing customer support via the Web, allowing
customers to immediately buy products online, and collecting customer feedback
and demographic information interactively.
APPLICATIONS
As an increasing number of organizations provide their employees with Web
access from their desktops, an opportunity is emerging for internal information
and intranet systems and enterprise applications hosted on internal Web servers.
The Internet enables organizations to extend their internal information systems
and enterprise applications to geographically dispersed facilities, remote
offices, and mobile employees using Web client and server software.
e-Net develops, markets and supports open client, server and integrated
applications software that enables local, national and international telephone
communications, information exchange and commerce over the Internet and private
IP networks. The Company's software products are designed to deliver high levels
of performance, ease of use and security. These software products allow
individuals and organizations to execute secure, private voice transactions
across the Internet and intranets, through the use of authentication technology,
for local, national and international telephone communications, information and
commerce. In addition, through the use of the Company's software, organizations
can extend their internal information systems and enterprise applications to
geographically dispersed facilities, remote offices and mobile employees.
26
<PAGE>
The Company believes that one of its key competitive advantages is its
technical experience and expertise. The Company's core development group
includes individuals who have developed and implemented telecommunications
network management software and other Internet and intranet related products and
services as they have emerged as a recognized application continuously for the
last 12 years.
PRODUCTS
The Company provides a line of telecommunications science-based products for
business and consumers for use in the transmission, management and billing of
network telephone and computer usage, including the Internet and intranets.
These products enable the improved usage, recording, monitoring and accounting
of network operations. The following material sets forth certain information
with respect to the Company's line of products:
TELECOM-2000-TM-
The Company's most sophisticated technology is a software and hardware
product suite known as Telecom-2000. Telecom-2000 on the Internet, as well as on
private wide area networks, is designed to deliver basic telephone service, in a
technically different and improved way, without lag time, in terms of voice
quality compared to standard product offerings in the market today. The
Company's product is based on Ethernet switching and Virtual LAN technology
completed with low cost voice packetization technology. The proliferation of
affordable ATM adapters, switch nodes and Wide Area Network ATM services by the
Local Exchange Carriers (LEC's) and Interexchange Carriers (IXC's) has provided
a significant cost incentive to utilize ATM for voice transport on the Internet
and other wide area networks.
Telecom-2000 consists of voice/data integration and authentication protocol,
voice packetization software, prototype interfaces to Ethernet telephony
hardware, address resolution and call handling software, and interfaces to the
traditional telephone network through a PC, or personal computer. Due to the
economical and highly scaleable architecture developed by the Company,
Telecom-2000 can be utilized for secure, or private, data and telephony
communications in very small offices, enterprise networks, national reseller
networks and for the individual consumer. The technological basis for the
Telecom-2000 is the Company's patent, U.S. Patent No. 5,526,353, which provides
for a system and method for communicating high fidelity and clear transmission
of audio or voice over the Internet and intranets, enabling free worldwide high
fidelity and clear transmission of ordinary telephone communications. The
Company is not aware of any other company that possesses the technological
ability for communicating high fidelity and clear transmissions of audio or
voice over the Internet and intranets. Although the Company is aware of other
companies providing a suite of hardware and software products that enable audio
or voice over the Internet, the quality of the audio or voice is regarded by the
Company as poor to fair in comparison to its Telecom-2000 suite of hardware and
software that provides for communicating high fidelity and clear transmission of
audio or voice over the Internet and intranets. However, the Company is well
aware that this technology is rapidly advancing and although the Company
believes that its patent may provide certain strategic and technological
advantages in the new and burgeoning area of audio or voice over the Internet,
the Company can make no assurances as to the extent of the advantages or
protection, if any, that may be granted to the Company as a result of its
patented technology. See "Business -- Patent, Trademark, Copyright and
Proprietary Rights."
Telecom-2000 elements include an integrated Ethernet adapter and desktop
telephone, a PC ISA plug in card to provide desktop telephone access via a
standard Ethernet interface, a PC ISA plug-in card to terminate four standard
telephone lines or a PC ISA plug-in card to provide four telephone station lines
for desktop computers not equipped with a PC or LAN connection.
The use of Microsoft's TAPI assures maximum flexibility in providing the
latest CTI features both in hardware and software. The provision of the hardware
assures a unique product with traditional telephone system reliability. The TAPI
compliance assures use of Telecom-2000 for unique applications, as well as third
party software for specialty requirements and ease of value added reseller
software products to quickly open up new markets. All of the hardware, software
and protocols being
27
<PAGE>
developed and utilized comply with both international telephony and ATM
standards. This flexibility allows e-Net to compete in both hardware and
software markets. Depending on the precise configuration and volume, the Company
offers the Telecom-2000 at a price of approximately $750 per unit, which
includes a one year warranty and technical service, training and support. The
Telecom 2000 product is in final testing and, at March 31, 1996, the Company has
not realized any sales of this product. Telecom-2000 is projected to be
available to market by the end of the Company's fourth quarter of fiscal 1997.
INTELLICD-TM-
e-Net has recently developed IntelliCD, a product to provide the market a
simpler and less expensive network usage and billing capability. IntelliCD has
been designed to utilize state-of-the-art imaging technology. e-Net has designed
and developed a standards compliant, general purpose search and retrieval engine
which can be used unaltered in a wide variety of user applications in any
industry. This product is distributed by e-Net clients under their own trade
names. One of e-Net's clients, Sprint, uses IntelliCD to provide its clients
with database access to their monthly Call Detail Record (CDR) data. Based upon
the strong market position of Sprint, and that e-Net is not contractually
prohibited from selling this product to the other long distance carriers or the
regional telephone operating companies, the Company believes that this unique
product may have wide utilization in the telecommunications industry, but the
Company can make no assurances of its utilization. Depending on precise
configuration and volume, the Company offers the IntelliCD at a price of
approximately $300 per unit, which includes a one year warranty and technical
service, training and support.
e-NET NMS-TM-
The e-Net Network Management System ("e-Net NMS") is a proprietary expert
systems-based, user friendly, object-oriented network and system management
product that is offered by the Company. Through the introduction of automated
problem, configuration, accounting, performance and security management, the
Company's e-Net NMS product provides corporate and government enterprises with
flexibility for the management of global telephone and data networks, including
networks connected by the Internet. The e-Net NMS product also provides network
traffic optimization and re-routing, real-time configuration and database
management, generation of all needed reports, and system failure detection and
prediction. Depending on precise configuration and volume, the Company offers
the e-Net NMS product in a price range of approximately $40,000 to $80,000 per
unit, which includes a one-year warranty and technical service, training and
support.
DEBITBILL-TM-
The telephone debit card business has experienced strong growth in response
to customer acceptance and increasing demand. e-Net's experience with its own
proprietary debit billing card product, called DebitBill, has indicated that
there may be significant market demand for this technology, although the Company
can make no assurances of the extent of any demand. The Company intends to sell
its debit card product to the Internet service delivery market. DebitBill
interfaces with standard telephone switches and related accounting management
software to identify the customer and to record and manage amounts owed. The
Company believes that DebitBill may be a significant product in its suite of
products because of the ease-of-use and cash flow implications of this
technology. e-Net has specifically designed DebitBill for the Internet and
private IP networks. Depending on precise configuration and volume, the Company
has recently begun to offer the DebitBill product at a price of approximately
$60,000 per unit, which includes a one year warranty and technical service,
training and support.
SERVICES
The Company has made a commitment to provide timely, high quality technical
support to meet the diverse needs of its customers and partners and to
facilitate the adoption and use of its products, systems and services. The
Company offers the following technical services:
e-NET HELPDESK SUPPORT. The Company offers an annual support program
intended for organizations who need to internally support large-scale deployment
of e-Net's products and for authorized
28
<PAGE>
VARs and systems integrators providing direct support to their customers. This
program offers a full spectrum of support, including access to technical
experts, support and training materials, support tools, call histories,
maintenance releases and software updates.
e-NET CONSULTATION SUPPORT. For individuals and for small groups using
e-Net's products, the Company offers support through a toll-free telephone
number on a time and materials payment basis. This service provides on-line
technical support and bug fixes or software releases as required. e-Net
consultation support is particularly economical for self-supporting departments
that consolidate questions through a department system administrator. The
Company also offers consulting services for particularly complex application
design, integration and installation. Consulting services are provided at
negotiated rates, and typically include on-site support during the installation
process by Company technicians and engineers.
TRAINING
e-Net offers hands-on training courses and materials to resellers and end
users covering installation configuration and troubleshooting. In addition,
courses and materials cover user support, data loading and content creation,
user interface design, template scripting and integration with the data base.
MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
The Company's marketing and distribution strategy targets markets such as
Internet commerce, enterprise-wide private IP wide area networks, enterprise
local area networks, individual PC users and the individual telephone consumer.
INTERNET COMMERCE MARKET. The Company believes that many major corporations
may begin to communicate data and manage information on the Internet or on
private IP wide area networks. Corporations likely to use such products and
services include telecommunications companies, information service providers,
mail order and traditional retailers, publishers, and financial service
providers. Any or all of these corporations may wish to utilize the advantages
of telephone usage on the Internet or their private IP networks.
ENTERPRISE MARKET. Medium and large-sized enterprises, particularly those
with geographically disbursed employee bases, are expected to increasingly use
the Internet in conjunction with private IP networks to facilitate internal
communications. Many Fortune 500 companies already maintain extensive private
communication networks, which can be enhanced and extended through use of the
Internet.
INDIVIDUAL PC BUSINESS AND HOME USERS. While the number of business desktop
computer users accessing the Internet is increasing rapidly, the Company
believes that only a small fraction of business computer users currently use the
Internet. The corporate employer, even for small proprietorships will give due
consideration to the cost and other advantages of the Company's products. Demand
can be measured by the growth in usage of Prodigy, CompuServe and America Online
("AOL"), as well as home shopping services, such as QVC and Home Shopping
Network, which suggests that the home market for commercial applications on the
Internet may be substantial. The accessibility and ease of use of the Company's
systems and products are designed to address the demands of this marketplace.
The market for the Company's software and services has only recently begun
to develop, is rapidly evolving and is characterized by an increasing number of
market entrants who have introduced or developed products and services for
communication and commerce over the Internet and private IP networks. As is
typical in the case of a new and rapidly evolving industry, demand and market
acceptance for recently introduced products and services are subject to a high
level of uncertainty. The industry is young and has few proven products.
Moreover, critical issues concerning the commercial use of the Internet
(including security, reliability, cost ease of use and access, and quality of
service) remain unresolved and may impact the growth of Internet use. While the
Company believes that its software products offer significant advantages for
commerce and communication over the
29
<PAGE>
Internet and private IP networks, there can be no assurance that Internet
commerce and communication will become widespread, or that the Company's systems
and products for commerce and communication over the Internet and private IP
networks will become adopted for these purposes.
MARKETING
The Company uses direct marketing of its technologies, products and
services, and intends to use a variety of other marketing programs to stimulate
demand for its technologies, products and services. These programs are focused
on the target markets mentioned above and are designed to leverage the Internet
itself as a powerful marketing vehicle. In addition, the Company intends to
develop co-marketing programs with strategic corporate partners designed to take
advantage of complementary marketing capabilities. Due to a lack of resources,
the Company has only recently begun to implement its marketing strategy. The
Company can make no assurances as to the success of its marketing strategy. The
key elements of the Company's marketing strategy include:
MARKETING ON THE INTERNET. e-Net will be accessible with its own Web
site. This Web site will provide directories to a variety of product and
technical support information. The Company will make its products available for
evaluation and purchase through Web site.
TARGET MARKETING. The Company will focus direct marketing efforts on
enterprise network users, companies now publishing on the Web and decision
makers using the Internet for internal use in medium and large-sized
enterprises, and vertically targeted small offers. Outbound telemarketing,
direct response advertising and seminar programs. The goal of these efforts is
to identify potential buyers of the Company's products, create awareness of the
Company's product offerings and generate leads for follow-on sales.
MARKETING TO PC USERS. Client products will be marketed widely to PC
users in both the business and home PC market segments. Distribution through
national resellers, reseller agreements with Internet access providers, and
bundling arrangements with PC hardware and software OEMs will be used to make
Company's products rapidly available to a large number of potential customers.
In order to stimulate demand for its products, the Company will advertise in PC
industry publications and engage in sales promotions with distribution partners,
with particular emphasis on trade shows and technology expositions at convention
centers.
DISTRIBUTION
The Company's objective is to market and distribute its products worldwide,
in part by disseminating its products through multiple national and
international distribution channels. However, the Company has only recently
begun to implement its distribution strategy and has not yet entered into any
distribution agreements for its products. The Company can make no assurances as
to the success of its distribution strategy. Furthermore, the Company has
limited resources to achieve the distribution of its products and no assurances
can be made that the Company will not require additional financing, which may
not be available, to achieve such objective. The Company has designed its
distribution strategy to address the particular requirements of its diverse
institutional and individual target customers. The Company's direct distribution
efforts will consist of a direct sales force and telesales as well as marketing
directly VIA the e-Net home page on the Internet. The Company's products are
currently distributed indirectly through OEMs, systems integrators, VARs and
software retailers.
DIRECT SALES. The Company's direct sales force targets primarily medium to
large-sized enterprises, including telecommunications companies and public
sector network users. The Company currently has eight employees in marketing and
sales, and intends to add seven more employees in marketing and sales following
the closing of this offering. The Company believes that these organizations are
most likely to become large network users interconnected to the Internet. In
addition, these organizations have a substantial installed base of private IP
networks and are expected to employ Web servers for internal enterprise
applications.
30
<PAGE>
TELESALES. The Company's telesales organization, based in the Washington,
D.C. metropolitan area, receives customer orders as well as contacts potential
customers. The organization comprises three telesales representatives, who also
are employed in marketing and sales, on behalf of the Company. Following the
closing of this offering, the Company intends to add three employees to its
telesales force.
INTERNET SALES. The Company will offer its products and services
electronically VIA the Internet. Internet sales and distribution is particularly
well suited to address the large base of Internet users who may choose the
Company's products and services for many of their telephone needs.
OEMS, VARS AND SYSTEMS INTEGRATORS. OEMs, VARs and systems integrators may
customize, configure and install the Company's products with complementary
hardware, software and services. In combining these products and services, these
resellers are able to deliver more complete solutions to address specific
customer needs, deriving maximum benefit from the Company's products while
tailoring system solutions, which allows e-Net to avoid customization costs and
invest in focused product improvement.
The Company has historically sold its products only through direct sales.
The Company intends to increasingly utilize the Internet, OEMs, systems
integrators and VARs. The Company expects that any material increase in sales
through resellers as a percentage of total revenues, especially in the
percentage of sales through OEMs and VARs, will adversely affect the Company's
average selling prices and gross margins due to the discounts that are typically
extended when selling through indirect channels. Moreover, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to attract resellers that will be able
to market the Company's products effectively and will be qualified to provide
timely and cost-effective customer support and service or that the Company will
be able to manage conflicts among its resellers. In addition, the agreements
with resellers in Company's industry typically do not restrict resellers from
distributing competing products, and in many cases will be terminable by either
party without cause. It is ordinary in the Company's industry to grant exclusive
distribution rights which are limited by territory and in duration.
Consequently, the Company may be adversely affected should any reseller fail to
adequately penetrate its market segment. The inability to recruit, manage and
retain important resellers, or their inability to penetrate their respective
market segments, may materially adversely affect the Company's business,
operating results or financial condition.
The Company intends to expand its field sales force and its telesales
organization. There can be no assurance that such internal expansion will be
successfully completed, that the cost of such expansion will not exceed the
revenues generated, or that the Company's sales and marketing organization will
be able to successfully compete against the significantly more extensive and
well-funded sales and marketing operations of many of the Company's current or
potential competitors. The Company's inability to effectively manage its
internal expansion may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
operating results or financial condition.
In addition to expanding its direct sales channels, the Company will
distribute its products electronically through the Internet. Distributing the
Company's products through the Internet makes the Company's software more
susceptible than other software to unauthorized copying and use. The Company
intends to continue to allow potential customers to electronically download its
software for a free evaluation period. There can be no assurance that, upon
expiration of the evaluation period, the Company will be able to collect payment
from users that retain a copy of the Company's software. In addition, by
distributing its products for free evaluation over the Internet, the Company may
have reduced the future demand for its products. If, as a result of changing
legal interpretations of liability for unauthorized use of the Company's
software or otherwise, users were to become less sensitive to avoiding copyright
infringement, the Company's business, operating results and financial condition
may be materially adversely affected. Any such export restrictions, new
legislation or regulation or unlawful exportation may have a material adverse
impact on the Company's business, operating results or financial condition.
31
<PAGE>
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
The Company's current development efforts are focused on new products,
product enhancements and implementing existing products into new enterprise
networks. In particular, e-Net is in the final testing stages of Telecom-2000.
This testing is currently on schedule and it is estimated by the Company to be
successfully concluded, resulting in product market readiness, by the end of the
Company's fourth quarter of fiscal 1997. There can be no assurance, however,
that any Company products will be made commercially available as expected or
otherwise on a timely and cost-effective basis, or that if introduced, that
these products will achieve market acceptance.
The Company's ability to attract and retain highly qualified technical
employees will be the principal determinant of its success in maintaining
technological leadership. e-Net intends to develop a policy of using
equity-based compensation programs, which have not yet been instituted, to
reward and motivate significant contributors among its employees.
To date, all product development costs have been expensed as incurred. The
Company believes that significant investments in research and development are
required to remain competitive. As a consequence, the Company intends to
increase the amount of its research and development expenditures in the future.
Substantially all of the Company's revenues have been derived, and
substantially all of the Company's future revenues are expected to be derived,
from the license of its software and sale of its associated services.
Accordingly, broad acceptance of the Company's products and services by
customers is critical to the Company's future success, as is the Company's
ability to design, develop, test and support new software products and
enhancements on a timely basis that meet changing customer needs and respond to
technological developments and emerging industry standards. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in developing and marketing new
products and enhancements that meet changing customer needs. Current products
are designed around certain standards, and current and future sales of the
Company's products will be dependent, in part, on industry acceptance of such
standards. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company will not
experience difficulties that may delay or prevent the successful development,
introduction and marketing of new products and enhancements, or that its new
products and enhancements will adequately meet the requirements of the
marketplace and achieve market acceptance. Further, because the Company has only
recently commenced shipment of its products, there can be no assurance that,
despite testing by the Company and by current and potential customers, errors
will not be found in the Company's products, or, if discovered, successfully
corrected in a timely manner. If the Company is unable to develop on a timely
basis new software products, enhancements to existing products or error
corrections, or if such new products or enhancements do not achieve market
acceptance, the Company's business, operating results and financial condition
will be materially adversely affected.
PATENT, TRADEMARK, COPYRIGHT AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
In March 1996, the Company acquired all rights, title and interest in the
first U.S. patent, U.S. Patent No. 5,526,353, which is comprised of and has been
approved for 40 claims, for a system and method for communicating high fidelity
and clear transmission of audio or voice over the Internet and intranets,
enabling free worldwide high fidelity and clear transmission of ordinary
telephone communications. The Company acquired all rights, title and interest in
the patent from the inventors, Messrs. Arthur Henley and Scott Grau, who are
original stockholders of the Company, in consideration of a five percent
overriding royalty interest against gross sales involving the use of the patent.
The Company had agreed to allocate $1,000,000 of capital to develop and exploit
the market opportunities for the patent by December 31, 1996, or the patent
would be subject to repurchase by the inventors of the patent. The Company has
satisfied its commitment to allocate $1,000,000 towards the patent as of
December 31, 1996. The Company believes that its patent is the first patent
awarded of its kind, specifically involving the transmission of audio or voice
over the Internet and intranets. The Company also believes that its patent may
provide certain strategic and technological advantages in the new and burgeoning
area of audio or voice over the Internet and intranets. The Company can make no
32
<PAGE>
assurances, however, as to the extent of the advantages or protection, if any,
that may be granted to the Company as a result of its patent or as to the future
success of the Company in bringing products related to this technology to
market.
The Company currently does not have any other patent or copyright
applications pending. However, the Company has numerous trademark applications
pending related to certain of its products and technologies. The Company may
file additional patent, trademark and copyright applications relating to certain
of the Company's products and technologies. If patents, registered trademarks or
copyrights were to be issued, there can be no assurance as to the extent of the
protection that will be granted to the Company as a result of having such
patents, trademarks or copyrights or that the Company will be able to afford the
expenses of any complex litigation which may be necessary to enforce its
proprietary rights. Failure of the Company's patents, trademark and copyright
applications may have a material adverse impact on the Company's business.
Except as may be required by the filing of patent, trademark and copyright
applications, the Company will attempt to keep all other proprietary information
secret and to take such actions as may be necessary to insure the results of its
development activities are not disclosed and are protected under the common law
concerning trade secrets. Such steps will include the execution of nondisclosure
agreements by key Company personnel and may also include the imposition of
restrictive agreements on purchasers of the Company's products and services.
There is no assurance that the execution of such agreements will be effective to
protect the Company, that the Company will be able to enforce the provisions of
such nondisclosure agreements or that technology and other information acquired
by the Company pursuant to its development activities will be deemed to
constitute trade secrets by any court of competent jurisdiction.
SECURITY RISKS
The Company has included in certain of its products an implementation of a
security protocol which operates in conjunction with authentication technology
that it has developed. Despite the existence of this technology, the Company's
products may be vulnerable to break-ins and similar disruptive problems caused
by certain Internet and intranet users. Such computer break-ins and other
disruptions would jeopardize the security of information stored in and
transmitted through the computer systems of end users of the Company's products,
which may result in significant liability to the Company and may also deter
potential customers. Persistent security problems continue to plague public and
private data networks. Recent break-ins at major government institutions, banks
and corporations have involved hackers bypassing firewalls and missappropriating
confidential information. Alleviating problems caused by third parties may
require significant expenditures of capital and resources by the Company and may
cause interruptions, delays or cessation of service to the Company's customers;
such expenditures or interruptions may have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition. Moreover, the
security and privacy concerns of existing and potential customers, as well as
concerns related to computer viruses, may inhibit the growth of the Internet
marketplace, generally, and the Company's customer base and revenues,
specifically. The Company intends to limit its liability to customers, including
liability arising from a failure of the security features contained in the
Company's products, through provisions in its future contracts. However, the
Company can make no assurances that such contractual limitations will be
enforceable. The Company currently does not have liability insurance to protect
against these risks and there can be no assurance that such insurance will be
available to the Company on commercially reasonable terms, or available on any
terms.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
The Company is not currently subject to direct regulation by any government
agency, other than regulations applicable to businesses generally, and there are
currently few laws or regulations directly applicable to access to or commerce
on the Internet. However, due to the increasing popularity and use of the
Internet, it is possible that a number of laws and regulations may be adopted
with respect to the Internet, covering issues such as user privacy, pricing and
characteristics and quality of products and services. For example, the Exon Bill
(which was recently approved by the Senate) would prohibit distribution of
obscene, lascivious or indecent communications on the Internet. The adoption of
any such laws or regulations may decrease the growth of the Internet, which may
in turn decrease the
33
<PAGE>
demand for the Company's products and increase the Company's cost of doing
business or otherwise have an adverse effect on the Company's business,
operating results or financial condition. Moreover, the applicability to the
Internet of existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, libel and
personal privacy is uncertain.
The Company's success and ability to compete is dependent in part upon its
proprietary technology. While the Company intends to rely on patent, trademark,
trade secret and copyright law to protect its technology, the Company believes
that factors such as the technological and creative skills of its personnel, new
product developments, frequent product enhancements, name recognition and
reliable product maintenance are more essential to establishing and maintaining
a technology position. The source code for the Company's proprietary software is
protected both as a trade secret and as a patented work. The Company generally
enters into confidentiality or license agreements with its employees,
consultants and vendors, and generally controls access to an distribution of its
software, documentation and other proprietary information. Despite these
precautions, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain
and use the Company's products or technology without authorization, or to
develop similar technology independently. In addition, effective copyright and
trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign
countries, and the global nature of the Internet makes it virtually impossible
to control the ultimate designation of the Company's products. Despite the
Company's efforts to protect its proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may
attempt to copy aspects of the Company's products to "reverse engineer" the
Company's designs, or to obtain and use information that the Company regards as
proprietary. In addition, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce
the Company's intellectual property rights, to protect the Company's trade
secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of
others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such
litigation may result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and may
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results or
financial condition.
The Company also relies on certain technology which it licenses from third
parties, including software which is integrated with internally developed
software and used in the Company's products to perform key functions. There can
be no assurance that these third party technology licenses will continue to be
available to the Company on commercially reasonable terms. The loss of or
inability to maintain any of these technology licenses may result in delays or
reductions in product shipments until equivalent technology may be identified,
licensed and integrated. Any such delays or reductions in product shipments may
materially adversely affect the Company's business, operating results and
financial condition.
COMPETITION
The market for Internet and intranet-based software and services is new,
intensely competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to rapid technological
change. The Company expects competition to persist, intensify and increase in
the future, from start-up companies to major technology and telecommunications
companies. Almost all of the Company's current and potential competitors have
longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger installed customer
bases and significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources
than the Company. Such competition may materially adversely affect the Company's
business, operating results or financial condition. The Company's current and
potential competitors can be divided into several groups: Microsoft, browser
software vendors, Web server software and service vendors, PC and Unix software
vendors and online service providers.
MICROSOFT CORPORATION. Microsoft has licensed browser software from
Spyglass and has announced its intention to improve and bundle the browser with
its Windows 95 operating system. Microsoft's browser will access the Microsoft
Network, its announced online service, and will also offer Internet access.
While the anticipated penetration of this software into Microsoft's installed
base of PC users will increase the size and usefulness of the Internet, it may
have a material adverse impact on e-Net's ability to sell client software. In
addition, because the Company's client software products will not be able to
access Microsoft Network, the Company's client software products may be at a
competitive disadvantage VERSUS Microsoft's browser. Further, Microsoft may
choose to develop Web server, applications software and software products
specifically designed to deliver high levels of
34
<PAGE>
performance that enables local, material and international telephone
communications, information exchange and commerce over the Internet as a
complement to its product line and to support the Microsoft Network, which may
materially adversely affect e-Net's ability to sell its technologies, products
and services. To the extent that Microsoft's browser gains market acceptance,
Microsoft will be better positioned than the Company to sell Web server and
applications products. Microsoft has a longer operating history, a much larger
installed base and number of employees, and substantially greater financial,
technical and marketing resources, access to distribution channels and name
recognition than the Company.
BROWSER SOFTWARE VENDORS. Several companies are currently offering
client-based Web browser products, including Netscape Communications
Corporation, Spry, Inc. (a subsidiary of CompuServe), Spyglass, Booklink
Technologies, Inc. ("Booklink," a subsidiary of AOL), NetManage Inc., Network
Computing Devices, Inc. and Quarterdeck Office Systems, Inc. In addition, the
NCSA at the University of Illinois distributes its product, NCSA Mosaic, for
free for noncommercial use. Further, Spyglass has an exclusive license for NCSA
Mosaic and is actively sublicensing it to other commercial vendors. These
sublicensees are expected to offer derivative products that will compete with
the Company's product line.
SERVER SOFTWARE AND SERVICE VENDORS. Some companies are offering Web server
software that they install and operate on behalf of their customers, and other
companies are offering services using Web serves. Companies offering Web server
software include Open Market, Inc. ("Open Market"), which has a Web server for
various Unix platforms, Process Software Corp. and O'Reilly & Associates, Inc.,
which have Windows NT Web server products, Spyglass, which has announced a Web
server for Windows NT and various Unix platforms, and Terisa, which offers a
toolkit for adding security functions to the existing NCSA and CERN Web servers.
Service companies include Open Market and Internet Media Services, which publish
content from third parties on their own Web servers. In the future, software
companies which have server products in other product categories may choose to
enhance the functionality of existing products or develop new products which are
competitive with the Company's Web server and integrated applications products.
These companies include Lotus (which IBM recently acquired), which may extend
Notes in this manner, and Novell, which may choose to provide add-ons to Netware
for Web publishing. In addition, Oracle, Sybase and Informix may incorporate Web
server functionality into their database products. Oracle has recently announced
a technology licensing agreement with Spyglass and its intention to introduce
Web-based software that enables electronic commerce and communication.
PC AND UNIX SOFTWARE VENDORS. The Company believes that PC software vendors
may become particularly formidable competitors. In addition to Microsoft, IBM
has incorporated client software in its OS/2 operating system, and the Company
believes that other PC operating system vendors, including Apple, will also
eventually incorporate some Web client functionality into their operating
systems as standard features. This may also be true of Unix operating systems
vendors, such as Sun, HP, IBM, Digital, SCO and SGI. If these companies
incorporate Web browser functionality into their software products, they could
subsequently offer this functionality at little or no additional cost to
customers. Further, in the event that client products incorporated into
operating systems by Microsoft or other PC or Unix software vendors gain market
acceptance, these organizations will be better positioned than the Company to
sell Web server and applications software products.
ONLINE SERVICE PROVIDERS. Although the online services provided by
companies such as Prodigy, CompuServe and AOL are not Internet-based services,
these services currently present an alternative medium to organizations
considering Internet-based publishing. In addition, due to the appeal of the
Internet to content publishers and end users, these companies are adapting their
service offerings to provide Internet access. At least two of these companies
compete directly with the Company in the Internet-based software and services
market: AOL, which acquired Booklink, and CompuServe, which acquired Spry. The
Company's client software products do not offer access to any online services,
including Microsoft Network, and are at a competitive disadvantage VERSUS
browser products which offer both access to the Internet and to an online
service.
35
<PAGE>
Additional competition could come from client/server applications and tools
vendors, other database companies, multimedia companies, document management
companies, networking software companies, network management companies and
educational software companies. Further, the Company's current products are
designed around certain standards, and industry acceptance of competing
standards could decrease the demand for the Company's products. For example,
Microsoft and IBM are each proposing an alternative security standard, and
widespread adoption of either standard may have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results or financial condition.
Competitive factors in the Internet-based software and services market
include core technology, breadth of product features, product quality, marketing
and distribution resources, and customer service and support. However, the
market and competition are still new and rapidly emerging, and there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully against current
or future competitors, or that this competition will not adversely affect the
Company's business, operating results or financial condition.
EMPLOYEES
As of the date of this prospectus, the Company has a total of 17 employees,
all of whom are full time employees. Of the total number of employees, seven are
engaged in software development, eight are engaged in marketing, sales and
customer support and two are engaged in administration and finance. Certain
software development activities and additional financial and administrative
support required to date have been purchased on an as needed basis from
independent consultants. Following the closing of this offering, the Company
intends to hire approximately 20 additional employees, including nine in
software development, seven in marketing and sales and four in administration
and finance. The Company's future success depends in significant part upon the
continued service of its key technical and senior management personnel and its
continuing ability to attract and retain highly qualified technical and
managerial personnel. Competition for highly qualified technical personnel is
intense and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to retain
its key managerial and technical employees or that it will be able to attract
and retain additional highly qualified technical and managerial personnel in the
future. None of the Company's employees is represented by labor union. The
Company has not experienced any work stoppages and considers its relations with
its employees to be good.
The rapid execution necessary for the Company to fully exploit the market
window for its products and services requires an effective planning and
management process. The Company's growth has placed, and is expected to continue
to place, a significant strain on the Company's managerial, operational and
financial resources. In addition, most of the Company's management, development
and engineering staff was only recently hired. To manage its growth, the Company
must continue to implement and improve its operational and financial systems and
to expand, train and manage its employee base. For example, the Company is
currently in the process of building its internal maintenance and support
organization. Although the Company believes that it has made adequate allowances
for the costs and risks associated with this expansion, there can be no
assurance that the Company's systems, procedures or controls will be adequate to
support the Company's operations or that Company management will be able to
achieve the rapid execution necessary to fully exploit the market window for the
Company's products and services. If the Company is unable to manage growth
effectively, the Company's business, operating results and financial condition
will be materially adversely affected.
FACILITIES
The Company leases approximately 5,500 square feet for its principal
executive offices located at 12800 Middlebrook Road, Suite 200, Germantown,
Maryland 20874. The Company also leases approximately 1,500 square feet for
additional operational facilities located at 12325 Hymeadow Drive, Austin, Texas
78750. The Company intends to expand its Austin facilities to 5,500 square feet
following the closing of this offering. Base rental for the current premises is
approximately $7,900 and $1,200 per month, respectively, and will be
approximately $7,900 per month each in the expanded facilities. The leases
require the Company to pay certain property taxes and certain operating
expenses. The Company believes that its current and anticipated facilities are
suitable and adequate for its operations.
36
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
The officers and directors of the Company are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME TITLE
- ---------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Alonzo E. Short, Jr., Chairman of the Board
Lt. Gen., USA (ret.)
Robert A. Veschi President, Chief Executive Officer,
Director
Christina L. Swisher Vice President, Operations, Secretary
William L. Hooton Director
Clive Whittenbury, Ph.D. Director
William W. Rogers, Jr. Director
</TABLE>
Each of the directors of the Company hold office for a one-year period
expiring December 31, 1997. At present, the Company's By-laws provide for not
less than one director nor more than nine directors. Currently, there are five
directors in the Company. The By-laws permit the Board of Directors to fill any
vacancy and such director may serve until the next annual meeting of
shareholders or until his successor is elected and qualified. Officers serve at
the discretion of the Board of Directors. There are no family relationships
among any officers or directors of the Company. Mr. Veschi has served as a
promoter of the Company and the consideration received for such services has
been limited to the compensation disclosed under "Remuneration." The officers of
the Company devote full time to the business of the Company. See "Certain
Transactions."
The principal occupation and business experience for each officer and
director of the Company for at least the last five years are as follows:
ALONZO E. SHORT, JR., LT. GEN., USA (RET.), 57, has been chairman of the
board of the Company since January 1996. General Short has more than 30 years
experience in executive management, operations and the engineering, design and
development of large scale telecommunications and data systems. General Short
retired from the service in 1994 following a career that included serving as
deputy commanding general (1988-1990) and commanding general (1990-1991) of the
U.S. Army Information Systems Command, a major information technology
organization, which was responsible for all telecommunications during the Desert
Shield/Desert Storm operation, among other responsibilities. From 1991 to 1994,
General Short was director of the Defense Information Systems Agency, a major
information technology organization which is responsible for telecommunications
and related services to the President of the United States, Secret Service,
Joint Chiefs of Staff, Secretary of Defense, among other high level federal
entities. Since 1994, General Short has been president and chief executive
officer of MICAH Systems, Inc., a Washington, D.C. metropolitan area based
information, technologies management and consulting firm. Since January 1996,
General Short has been instrumental in the organization and development of the
business of the Company.
ROBERT A. VESCHI, 34, has been president, chief executive officer and a
director of the Company since January 1995. Mr. Veschi is the founder of the
Company, which began its operations in June 1995. Mr. Veschi has significant
experience in executive management, operations and the engineering, design and
development of telecommunications and computer products and systems. From 1986
to 1990, Mr. Veschi was manager of systems engineering for International
Telemanagement, Inc., a Washington, D.C. metropolitan area based information,
data and network systems firm. From 1990 to 1994, Mr. Veschi was a group
president of I-Net, Inc., a Washington, D.C. metropolitan area based
information, data and network systems firm. From December 1994 to May 1995, for
approximately six months, Mr. Veschi was president and chief executive officer
of Octacom, Inc., a Washington, D.C. metropolitan area based information, data
and network systems firm, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Octagon, Inc., an
Orlando, Florida metropolitan area based publicly held technical services firm.
37
<PAGE>
From July 1994 to May 1995, for approximately nine months, Mr. Veschi was a vice
president of telecommunications for Octagon, Inc., and from January 1995 to May
1995, for approximately four months, Mr. Veschi was a member of the board of
directors of such company. Since June 1995, Mr. Veschi has been instrumental in
the organization, development and promotion of the Company.
CHRISTINA L. SWISHER, 32, has been vice president of operations since
December 1996 and secretary of the Company since February 1997. Ms. Swisher has
significant experience in computer network management, systems and operations.
From 1991 to 1993, Ms. Swisher was a technical and graphics specialist with the
Air Force Association, a Washington, D.C. area based national services
organization, where she was responsible for technical and statistical analyses.
From 1993 to 1995, Ms. Swisher was a manager for computer network systems and
operations for I-Net, Inc., a Washington, D.C. metropolitan area based
information, data and network systems firm. Since 1995, Ms. Swisher has been
director of technical services with the Company, becoming vice president of
operations in December 1996. Since June 1995, Ms. Swisher has been instrumental
in the organization and development of the business of the Company.
WILLIAM L. HOOTON, 45, has been a director of the Company since January
1996. Mr. Hooton has substantial experience in the management, design,
operation, marketing and sales of image conversion systems, electronic imaging
system integration, data automation and high performance data storage
subsystems. From 1990 to 1993, Mr. Hooton was vice president of operations and
technical and business development of the Electronic Information Systems Group
of I-Net, Inc., a Washington, D.C. metropolitan area based information, data and
network systems firm. Since 1993, Mr. Hooton has been president and chief
executive officer of Q Corp., a Washington, D.C. metropolitan area high
technology consulting firm specializing in digital imaging systems and other
complex imagery in media. Since January 1996, Mr. Hooton has been a director of
the Company and has been instrumental in the organization and development of the
Company. Mr. Hooton holds a B.B.A. degree from the University of Texas.
CLIVE G. WHITTENBURY, PH.D., 61, has been a director of the Company since
June 1996. Dr. Whittenbury has substantial senior management, operations and
technical advisory experience. From 1972 to 1979, Dr. Whittenbury was a senior
vice president and, from 1976 to 1986, a director of Science Applications
International Corporation ("SAIC"), a La Jolla, California based major
international systems engineering firm with current annual revenues of
approximately $2 billion. Since 1979, Dr. Whittenbury has been executive vice
president and a director of the Erickson Group, Inc., a major international
diversified products firm. Since 1994, Dr. Whittenbury has been a director of
MVSI, Inc., a publicly held (Nasdaq -- "MVSI") McLean, Virginia based technology
products and services company. Dr. Whittenbury is a member of the International
Advisory Board for the British Columbia Advanced Systems Institute, which
manages commercialization programs in technology at the three major
Vancouver/Victoria universities, a member of the Advisory Board of Compass
Technology Partners, an investment fund, and is chairman of the Advisory Board
(Laser Directorate) for the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory. Dr.
Whittenbury has also served as a technical advisor to three U.S. Congressional
Committees, the Grace Commission and numerous major U.S. and foreign companies.
Since June 1996, Dr. Whittenbury has been instrumental in the organization and
development of the Company. Dr. Whittenbury holds a B.S. degree (physics) from
Manchester University (England) and a Ph.D. degree (aeronautical engineering)
from the University of Illinois.
WILLIAM W. ROGERS, JR., 55, has been a director of the Company since January
1997. Mr. Rogers has substantial senior management, operations and technical and
engineering services experience. From 1972 to 1987, Mr. Rogers was a general
manager engaged in operations, technical and engineering services for Boeing
Computer Services, Inc. From 1987 to 1989, Mr. Rogers was president and chief
executive officer of International Telemanagement, Inc., a McLean, Virginia
based telecommunications and systems engineering and services company. From 1989
to 1991, Mr. Rogers was a vice president of Fluor-Daniels where he was
responsible for telecommunications and systems integration services. Since 1991,
Mr. Rogers has been a vice president with Computer Sciences Corporation, a
McLean, Virginia based technology products, systems and services company, where
he is responsible
38
<PAGE>
for systems integration and related technical services. Since January 1997, Mr.
Rogers has been instrumental in the organization and development of the Company.
Mr. Rogers holds a B.A. degree from West Virginia University.
REMUNERATION
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth annual remuneration of $100,000 or more paid
for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 and proposed to be paid for
the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 to certain officers and directors of the
Company:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE (1)(2)
------------------------------------------------
OTHER
NAME OF INDIVIDUAL OR NUMBER ANNUAL
OF PERSONS IN GROUP POSITION WITH COMPANY YEAR SALARY BONUS COMPENSATION
- ----------------------------- ------------------------------- --------- ----------- --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Robert A. Veschi President, Chief Executive 1998 $ 175,000 $ 87,500 $ --
Officer, Director 1997 $ 175,000 $ 87,500 $ --
1996 $ -- $ 25,000 $ --
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) The directors of the Company, with the exception of Mr. Veschi, are entitled
to annual remuneration of $24,000 pursuant to oral agreements between such
directors and the Company. The Company has purchased key-man term life
insurance on Mr. Veschi in the amount of $1 million. The Company is the
owner and beneficiary of such life insurance policy. Following the closing
of this offering, the Company intends to increase the amount of key-man life
insurance on Mr. Veschi to $2 million.
(2) The officers of the Company may receive remuneration as part of an overall
group insurance plan providing health, life and disability insurance
benefits for employees of the Company. The amount allocable to each
individual officer cannot be specifically ascertained, but, in any event,
will not exceed $25,000 as to each individual.
(3) Each outside director of the Company is entitled to receive reasonable
expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors of the
Company. The members of the Board of Directors intend to meet at least
quarterly during the Company's fiscal year, and at such other times duly
called. The Company presently has four outside directors.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
The Company has entered into an employment agreement ("Agreement") with
Robert A. Veschi, the president and chief executive officer of the Company,
dated as of April 1, 1996. The Agreement will expire on March 31, 2001. The
current annual salary under the Agreement is $175,000. The salary under the
Agreement may be increased to reflect annual cost of living increases and may be
supplemented by discretionary merit and performance increases as determined by
the Board of Directors of the Company, except that during the first three years
following the date of the Prospectus with respect to the offering, the
executive's salary may not exceed $200,000 except with board approval. Mr.
Veschi is entitled to an annual bonus equal to 50 percent of the salary provided
under his Agreement, which is not subject to any performance criteria.
The Agreement provides, among other things, for participation in an
equitable manner in any profit-sharing or retirement plan for employees or
executives and for participation in other employee benefits applicable to
employees and executives of the Company. The Agreement provides for the use of
an automobile, payment of club dues and other fringe benefits commensurate with
his duties and responsibilities. The Agreement also provides for benefits in the
event of disability. The Agreement also contains non-compete provisions but are
limited in geographical scope, I.E., the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area.
Pursuant to the Agreement, employment may be terminated by the Company with
cause or by the executive with or without good reason. Termination by the
Company without cause, or by the
39
<PAGE>
executive for good reason, would subject the Company to liability for liquidated
damages in an amount equal to the terminated executive's current salary and a
PRO RATA portion of their bonus for the remaining term of the Agreement, payable
in a lump sum cash payment, without any set-off for compensation received from
any new employment. In addition, the terminated executive would be entitled to
continue to participate in and accrue benefits under all employee benefit plans
and to receive supplemental retirement benefits to replace benefits under any
qualified plan for the remaining term of the Agreement to the extent permitted
by law.
LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS
As permitted by Delaware law, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation
includes a provision which provides that a director of the Company shall not be
personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for a
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware, which prohibits the unlawful payment of dividends or the
unlawful repurchase or redemption of stock, or (iv) for any transaction from
which the director derives an improper personal benefit. This provision is
intended to afford directors protection against, and to limit their potential
liability for monetary damages resulting from, suits alleging a breach of the
duty of care by a director. As a consequence of this provision, stockholders of
the Company will be unable to recover monetary damages against directors for
action taken by them that may constitute negligence or gross negligence in
performance of their duties unless such conduct falls within one of the
foregoing exceptions. The provision, however, does not alter the applicable
standards governing a director's fiduciary duty and does not eliminate or limit
the right of the Company or any stockholder to obtain an injunction or any other
type of nonmonetary relief in the event of a breach of fiduciary duty.
Management of the Company believes this provision will assist the Company in
securing and retaining qualified persons to serve as directors. The Company is
unaware of any pending or threatened litigation against the Company or its
directors that would result in any liability for which such director would seek
indemnification or similar protection.
Such indemnification provisions are intended to increase the protection
provided directors and, thus, increase the Company's ability to attract and
retain qualified persons to serve as directors. Because directors liability
insurance is only available at considerable cost and with low dollar limits of
coverage and broad policy exclusions, the Company does not currently maintain a
liability insurance policy for the benefit of its directors although the Company
may attempt to acquire such insurance in the future. The Company believes that
the substantial increase in the number of lawsuits being threatened or filed
against corporations and their directors and the general unavailability of
directors liability insurance to provide protection against the increased risk
of personal liability resulting from such lawsuits have combined to result in a
growing reluctance on the part of capable persons to serve as members of boards
of directors of public companies. The Company also believes that the increased
risk of personal liability without adequate insurance or other indemnity
protection for its directors could result in overcautious and less effective
direction and management of the Company. Although no directors have resigned or
have threatened to resign as a result of the Company's failure to provide
insurance or other indemnity protection from liability, it is uncertain whether
the Company's directors would continue to serve in such capacities if improved
protection from liability were not provided.
The provisions affecting personal liability do not abrogate a director's
fiduciary duty to the Company and its shareholders, but eliminate personal
liability for monetary damages for breach of that duty. The provisions do not,
however, eliminate or limit the liability of a director for failing to act in
good faith, for engaging in intentional misconduct or knowingly violating a law,
for authorizing the illegal payment of a dividend or repurchase of stock, for
obtaining an improper personal benefit, for breaching a director's duty of
loyalty (which is generally described as the duty not to engage in any
transaction which involves a conflict between the interest of the Company and
those of the director) or
40
<PAGE>
for violations of the federal securities laws. The provisions also limit or
indemnify against liability resulting from grossly negligent decisions including
grossly negligent business decisions relating to attempts to change control of
the Company.
The provisions regarding indemnification provide, in essence, that the
Company will indemnify its directors against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding arising out of the
director's status as a director of the Company, including actions brought by or
on behalf of the Company (shareholder derivative actions). The provisions do not
require a showing of good faith. Moreover, they do not provide indemnification
for liability arising out of willful misconduct, fraud, or dishonesty, for
"short-swing" profits violations under the federal securities laws, or for the
receipt of illegal remuneration. The provisions also do not provide
indemnification for any liability to the extent such liability is covered by
insurance. One purpose of the provisions is to supplement the coverage provided
by such insurance. However, as mentioned above, the Company does not currently
provide such insurance to its directors, and there is no guarantee that the
Company will provide such insurance to its directors in the near future although
the Company may attempt to obtain such insurance.
The provisions diminish the potential rights of action which might otherwise
be available to shareholders by limiting the liability of officers and directors
to the maximum extent allowable under Delaware law and by affording
indemnification against most damages and settlement amounts paid by a director
of the Company in connection with any shareholders derivative action. However,
the provisions do not have the effect of limiting the right of a shareholder to
enjoin a director from taking actions in breach of his fiduciary duty, or to
cause the Company to rescind actions already taken, although as a practical
matter courts may be unwilling to grant such equitable remedies in circumstances
in which such actions have already been taken. Although the Company has procured
directors liability insurance coverage, there is no assurance that it will
provide coverage to the extent directors would be indemnified and, in such
event, the Company may be forced to bear a portion or all of the cost of the
director's claims for indemnification. If the Company is forced to bear the
costs for indemnification, the value of the Company stock may be adversely
affected. In the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 is
contrary to public policy and, therefore, is unenforceable.
41
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
Common Stock owned on the date of this Prospectus and, as adjusted, to reflect
the sale of shares offered by this Prospectus, by (i) each person who is known
by the Company to own beneficially more than five percent of the Company's
Common Stock; (ii) each of the Company's officers and directors; and (iii) all
officers and directors as a group:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
--------------------------
NUMBER BEFORE AFTER
NAME AND ADDRESS (1) POSITION WITH COMPANY OF SHARES OFFERING OFFERING (2)
- ------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Alonzo E. Short, Jr., Lt. Gen., USA (ret.) Chairman of the Board 90,000 2.12 1.57
Robert A. Veschi President, Chief Executive 1,375,000 32.35 23.91
Officer, Director
Christina L. Swisher Vice President, Secretary 120,000 2.82 2.09
William L. Hooton Director 50,000 1.18 .87
Clive Whittenbury, Ph.D. (3) Director 50,000 1.18 .87
William W. Rogers, Jr. Director 5,000 .12 .09
Edward Ratkovich, Maj. Gen., USAF (ret.) (4) Stockholder 500,000 11.76 8.70
Arthur Henley (5) Stockholder 475,000 11.18 8.26
Thomas T. Prousalis, Jr., Esq. (6) Stockholder 450,000 10.59 7.83
Robert Foise (7) Stockholder 250,000 5.88 4.35
MVSI, Inc.(8) Stockholder 250,000 5.88 4.35
All Officers and Directors as a Group (6 persons) 1,690,000 39.76 29.39
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) c/o e-Net, Inc., 12800 Middlebrook Road, Suite 200, Germantown, Maryland
20874.
(2) Does not include the exercise of up to 1,500,000 Warrants offered herein.
Each Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Common Stock at
$5.25 per share during the five-year period commencing on the date of this
Prospectus. The Warrants are redeemable upon certain conditions. Should the
Warrants be exercised, of which there is no assurance, the Company will
receive the proceeds therefrom, aggregating up to an additional $7,875,000.
See "Description of Securities."
(3) 511 Trinity Avenue, Yuba City, California 95991. Dr. Whittenbury is a
director of MVSI, Inc., a principal stockholder of the Company. See "Certain
Transactions."
(4) 1030 Delf Drive, McLean, Virginia 22101. General Ratkovich is chairman of
the board, president and chief executive officer of MVSI, Inc., a principal
stockholder of the Company. See "Certain Transactions."
(5) 10705 Bay Laurel Trail, Austin, Texas 78750.
(6) 1919 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 800, Washington, D.C. 20006. See
"Legal Matters."
(7) Executive Air Center, Brainard Airport, Hartford, Connecticut 06114. See
"Certain Transactions."
(8) 8133 Leesburg Pike, Suite 750, Vienna, Virginia 22182. The shares of Common
Stock owned by MVSI, Inc. are being registered as part of this offering and
are restricted from sale for a period of 12 months from the date of this
offering, but may be released for sale during this period with the consent
of the Representative. The officers and directors of MVSI, Inc. are: General
Edward Ratkovich, chairman, chief executive officer and a principal
stockholder; Mark McKnight, C.P.A., chief financial officer and assistant
secretary; Paul Richter, general counsel and secretary; Barry Hatfield, vice
president and director; Paul Roberts, director; and Clive Whittenbury,
Ph.D., director. See "Certain Transactions."
42
<PAGE>
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 9, 1995,
and began its operations on June 8, 1995. The Company has authorized capital of
50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value. The Company currently has
4,250,000 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding. See "Principal
Stockholders" and "Description of Securities."
In January 1995, the Company issued 3,000,000 shares of its Common Stock
(which includes a 600:1 stock split in January 1996, a 2:1 reverse stock split
in July 1996, a 2:1 stock split in August 1996 and a 2:1 reverse stock split in
February 1997) to 16 persons, including the officers and directors of the
Company, in a private placement transaction in consideration of $100, or its par
value at the time of issuance.
In March 1996, the Company issued 250,000 shares of its Common Stock to ATG
Group, Inc., a Brookville, New York based investment firm, in a private
placement transaction for aggregate consideration of $250,000, represented by a
full recourse promissory note for the entire purchase price. However, in June
1996, ATG Group, Inc. agreed to cancel its shares of the Company's Common Stock
in consideration of the cancellation of its $250,000 promissory note.
In March and April 1996, the Company borrowed $1,000,000 in a bridge loan
from four persons who are nonaffiliated with the Underwriter and the Company, to
wit: Edward Ratkovich ($500,000), Robert Foise ($250,000), Armstrong Industries
(Sid Ritman) ($200,000) and Martin Sumichrast ($50,000), at the rate of eight
percent simple annual interest. (See more details below). These four investors
are not affiliated with Stratton Oakmont, Inc., a former proposed underwriter
for the Company that was barred from the securities industry in December 1996.
General Ratkovich and Mr. Sumichrast are officers, directors and principal
stockholders of Nasdaq-listed companies formerly underwritten by Stratton
Oakmont, Inc. MVSI, Inc., of which General Ratkovich is chairman, chief
executive officer and a principal stockholder, is a principal stockholder of the
Company. In further consideration of the bridge loan, which was highly
speculative since the Company was in its early development stage. The Company
issued 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 1,000,000 Class A Warrants and
1,000,000 Class B Warrants to such persons. However, in June 1996, such persons
converted their loans to equity in consideration of the prior issuance of the
securities. In February 1997, such persons agreed to the cancellation of the
Class A and B Warrants to help facilitate this offering by making the Company's
capital structure more attractive to investors. Also in February 1997, Mr.
Sumichrast sold his 50,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company to Robert P.
Laurence, a private investor, in a private transaction for $100,000. Mr.
Laurence has no direct or indirect affiliation with Stratton Oakmont, Inc.
In March 1996, the Company was loaned $500,000 by Edward Ratkovich, a
nonaffiliated person. Principal and interest computed at the rate of eight
percent per annum become due at the earlier of June 1, 1997, or the closing date
of the proposed initial public offering of securities of the Company which was
expected to occur in June 1996. As additional consideration for making such
loan, the Company issued 500,000 bridge units each containing one share of
Common Stock, one Class A Warrant and one Class B Warrant to the lender. In June
1996, the loan principal was converted to paid-in capital and accounted for as
consideration for the 500,000 bridge units received in connection with the loan.
Inasmuch as these bridge units were issued in contemplation of a proposed
offering, financing expense related to the issuance of these securities of
$3,000,000 was recorded between the date of issuance and the anticipated
offering date, with a corresponding credit to paid-in capital. The value of
$3,000,000 attributed to issuance of the bridge units was computed using the
offering price of the units offered in the Company's proposed 1996 offering less
the amount of debt converted to paid in capital in June 1996. As of March 31,
1996, the Company had accrued $614,865 of this financing expense. The Company
recorded the loan of $500,000 as a noncurrent liability at March 31, 1996. It is
not practicable to estimate the fair value of this debt, as there are no quoted
market prices for debt with similar terms. In June 1996, the bridge loans
outstanding as of March 31, 1996, were converted to equity and the unamortized
financing expense was charged to income at that time.
43
<PAGE>
In April 1996, the Company was loaned $500,000 by Messrs. Robert Foise,
Armstrong Industries (Sid Ritman) and Martin Sumichrast, three nonaffiliated
persons. Principal and interest computed at the rate of eight percent per annum
become due at the earlier of June 1, 1997, or the closing date of an initial
public offering of securities of the Company which was expected to occur in June
1996. As additional consideration for making such loan, the Company issued
500,000 bridge units identical to those issued in March 1996 as described above.
In June 1996, the loan principal was converted to paid-in capital and accounted
for as consideration for the 500,000 bridge units received in connection with
the loan. Inasmuch as these bridge units were issued in contemplation of the
proposed offering, financing expense related to the issuance of these securities
of $3,000,000 was recorded between the date of issuance and the date the loan
was converted to capital, with a corresponding credit to paid-in capital. The
value of $3,000,000 attributed to issuance of the bridge units was computed
using the offering price of the units in the Company's proposed 1996 offering
less the amount of debt converted to paid-in capital in June 1996.
In August 1996, the Company caused a 2:1 split of its issued and outstanding
shares of common stock, Class A Warrants and Class B Warrants, resulting in
8,000,000 shares of common stock, 2,000,000 Class A Warrants and 2,000,000 Class
B Warrants.
In February 1997, the Company caused a 2:1 reverse split of its issued and
outstanding securities, resulting in 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock. Also, in
February 1997, the Company canceled the outstanding Class A and B Warrants.
In August 1996, the Company entered into a letter of intent with MVSI, Inc.
("MVSI"), a Washington, D.C. area based Nasdaq-listed technology products and
services company, whereby the Company agreed to be acquired and become a
wholly-owned subsidiary of MVSI in an exchange of securities. Three principal
stockholders (Messrs. Edward Ratkovich, Thomas T. Prousalis, Jr., Esq. and
Robert Foise) of the Company are stockholders of MVSI. General Edward Ratkovich
is also chairman and chief executive officer of MVSI, Inc. A director of the
Company (Clive Whittenbury, Ph.D.) is a director of MVSI. Pursuant to the terms
of the letter of intent, an initial amount of $500,000 was loaned by MVSI to the
Company for working capital. In October 1996, the Company entered into an
agreement to be acquired by MVSI, which was subject to stockholder approval. An
additional $500,000 was loaned to the Company in November 1996. However, in
January 1997, the parties mutually agreed to terminate the acquisition,
principally due to market conditions which involved a significant decrease in
the bid price of MVSI's common stock thereby significantly lowering the purchase
price, and, as part of a mutual cooperation agreement, MVSI loaned the Company
an additional $250,000 pursuant to the terms of a convertible debenture.
The terms of the convertible debenture in the principal sum of $1,275,081,
reflecting the total amount of the loan advances made to the Company by MVSI,
provide that the outstanding principal balance bear interest at 9% per annum. At
MVSI's option, the principal is convertible into shares of common stock of the
Company upon completion of an initial public offering of the Company's
securities, with the number of shares to be calculated using the initial price
per share of the offering. In February 1997, the convertible debenture was
converted by MVSI into 250,000 shares of the Company's common stock, resulting
in a total of 4,250,000 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding prior to
the date of this prospectus. The 250,000 shares of Common Stock owned by MVSI
are being registered as part of this offering and are restricted from sale for a
period of 12 months from the date of this offering, but may be released for sale
during this period with the consent of the Representative.
All unregistered securities issued by the Company prior to this offering are
deemed "restricted securities" within the meaning of that term as defined in
Rule 144 and have been issued pursuant to certain "private placement" exemptions
under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission,
Washington, D.C. 20549, such that the sales of the securities were transactions
by an issuer not involving any public offering. See "Description of Securities."
In March 1996, the Company acquired all rights, title and interest in the
first U.S. patent, U.S. Patent No. 5,526,353, which is comprised of and has been
approved for 40 claims, for a system and
44
<PAGE>
method for communicating high fidelity and clear transmission of audio or voice
over the Internet and intranets, enabling free worldwide transmission of
ordinary telephone communications. The Company acquired all rights, title and
interest in the patent from the inventors, Messrs. Arthur Henley and Scott Grau,
who are original stockholders of the Company, in consideration of a five percent
overriding royalty interest against gross profits involving the use of the
patent. The Company had agreed to allocate $1,000,000 of capital to develop and
exploit the market opportunities of the patent by December 31, 1996, or the
patent would be subject to repurchase by the inventors of the patent. The
Company has satisfied its commitment to allocate $1,000,000 towards the patent
as of December 31, 1996. The Company believes that its patent is the first
patent awarded of its kind, specifically involving the transmission of audio or
voice over the Internet and intranets. The Company also believes that its patent
may provide certain strategic and technological advantages in the new and
burgeoning area of audio or voice over the Internet. The Company can make no
assurances, however, as to the extent of the advantages or protection, if any,
that may be granted to the Company as a result of its patent or as to the future
success of the Company in bringing products related to this technology to
market.
The Company intends to indemnify its officers and directors to the full
extent permitted by Delaware law. Under Delaware law, a corporation may
indemnify its agents for expenses and amounts paid in third party actions and,
upon court approval in derivative actions, if the agents acted in good faith and
with reasonable care. A majority vote of the Board of Directors, approval of the
shareholders or court approval is required to effectuate indemnification.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to officers, directors or persons
controlling the Company, the Company has been advised that, in the opinion of
the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549, such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in such Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Company of expenses incurred or
paid by an officer, director or controlling person of the Company in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
officer, director or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Company will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in such Act and will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.
Any future transactions with affiliates will be on terms no less favorable
than could be obtained from nonaffiliated parties and will be approved by a
majority of the independent and disinterested directors, as required by a
resolution of the Board of Directors. Any future loans to Company officers,
directors, affiliates and/or shareholders will be approved by a majority of the
independent and disinterested directors, as required by a resolution of the
Board of Directors.
45
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
COMMON STOCK
The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 50,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, $.01 par value. There are presently 4,250,000 issued and
outstanding shares of Common Stock. Holders of the Common Stock do not have
preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of Common Stock or other
subscription rights. The Common Stock carries no conversion rights and is not
subject to redemption or to any sinking fund provisions. All shares of Common
Stock are entitled to share equally in dividends from sources legally available
therefor when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors and, upon
liquidation or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, to
share equally in the assets of the Company available for distribution to
stockholders. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are validly authorized and
issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and all shares to be sold and issued as
contemplated hereby, will be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and
nonassessable. The Board of Directors is authorized to issue additional shares
of Common Stock, not to exceed the amount authorized by the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation, and to issue options and warrants for the purchase
of such shares, on such terms and conditions and for such consideration as the
Board may deem appropriate without further stockholder action. The above
description concerning the Common Stock of the Company does not purport to be
complete. Reference is made to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and
By-laws which are available for inspection upon proper notice at the Company's
offices, as well as to the applicable statutes of the State of Delaware for a
more complete description concerning the rights and liabilities of stockholders.
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock of the
Company, and no predictions can be made of the effect, if any, that market sales
of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price
prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of significant amounts of the
Common Stock of the Company in the public market may adversely affect prevailing
market prices, and may impair the Company's ability to raise capital at that
time through the sale of its equity securities.
Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters
on which such stockholders are entitled to vote. Since the shares of Common
Stock do not have cumulative voting rights, the holders of more than 50 percent
of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all the directors
if they choose to do so and, in such event, the holders of the remaining shares
will not be able to elect any person to the Board of Directors.
WARRANTS
Prior to this offering, there are no Warrants issued and outstanding. The
Warrants will be issued in registered form pursuant to an agreement dated the
date of this Prospectus (the "Warrant Agreement"), between the Company and
American Stock & Transfer Trust Company, New York, New York, as warrant agent
(the "Warrant Agent"). The following discussion of certain terms and provisions
of the Warrants is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Warrant
Agreement. A form of the certificate representing the Warrants which forms a
part of the Warrant Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
Each of the Warrants entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of
Common Stock. The Warrants are exercisable at a price of $5.25 (which exercise
price has been arbitrarily determined by the Company and the Underwriter)
subject to certain adjustments. The Warrants are entitled to the benefit of
adjustments in their exercise prices and in the number of shares of Common Stock
or other securities deliverable upon the exercise thereof in the event of a
stock dividend, stock split, reclassification, reorganization, consolidation or
merger.
The Warrants may be exercised at any time and continuing thereafter until
the close of five years from the date hereof, unless such period is extended by
the Company. After the expiration date, Warrant holders shall have no further
rights. Warrants may be exercised by surrendering the certificate evidencing
such Warrant, with the form of election to purchase on the reverse side of such
certificate properly completed and executed, together with payment of the
exercise price and any
46
<PAGE>
transfer tax, to the Warrant Agent. If less than all of the Warrants evidenced
by a warrant certificate are exercised, a new certificate will be issued for the
remaining number of Warrants. Payment of the exercise price may be made by cash,
bank draft or official bank or certified check equal to the exercise price.
Warrant holders do not have any voting or any other rights as shareholders
of the Company. The Company has the right at any time to redeem the Warrants, at
a price of $.05 per Warrant, by written notice to the registered holders
thereof, mailed not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to
the Redemption Date. The Company may exercise this right only if the closing bid
price for the Common Stock equals or exceeds $10 per share during a thirty (30)
consecutive trading day period ending no more than fifteen (15) days prior to
the date that the notice of redemption is mailed, provided there is then a
current registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act") with respect to the issuance and sale of Common Stock upon the exercise
of the Warrants. If the Company exercises its right to call Warrants for
redemption, such Warrants may still be exercised until the close of business on
the day immediately preceding the Redemption Date. If any Warrant called for
redemption is not exercised by such time, it will cease to be exercisable, and
the holder thereof will be entitled only to the repurchase price. Notice of
redemption will be mailed to all holders of Warrants or record at least thirty
(30) days, but not more than sixty (60) days, before the Redemption Date. The
foregoing notwithstanding, the Company may not call the Warrants at any time
that a current registration statement under the Act is not then in effect. Any
redemption of the Warrants during the one-year period commencing on the date of
this Prospectus shall require the written consent of the Underwriter.
The Warrant Agreement permits the Company and the Warrant Agent, without the
consent of Warrant holders, to supplement or amend the Warrant Agreement in
order to cure any ambiguity, manifest error or other mistake, or to address
other matters or questions arising thereafter that the Company and the Warrant
Agent deem necessary or desirable and that do not adversely affect the interest
of any Warrant holder. The Company and the Warrant Agent may also supplement or
amend the Warrant Agreement in any other respect with the written consent of
holders of not less than a majority in the number of Warrants then outstanding;
however, no such supplement or amendment may (i) make any modification of the
terms upon which the Warrants are exercisable or may be redeemed; or (ii) reduce
the percentage interest of the holders of the Warrants without the consent of
each Warrant holder affected thereby.
In order for the holder to exercise a Warrant, there must be an effective
registration statement, with a current prospectus on file with the Commission
covering the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants, and the issuance of
such shares to the holder must be registered, qualified or exempt under the laws
of the state in which the holder resides. If required, the Company will file a
new registration statement with the Commission with respect to the securities
underlying the Warrants prior to the exercise of such Warrants and will deliver
a prospectus with respect to such securities to all holders thereof as required
by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
The transfer agent and registrar for the securities of the Company is
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company located at 40 Wall Street, New York, New
York 10005.
REPORTS TO SECURITY-HOLDERS
The Company will furnish to holders of its securities annual reports
containing audited financial statements. The Company may issue other unaudited
interim reports to its security-holders as it deems appropriate.
Contemporaneously, with this offering, the Company intends to register its
securities with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549,
under the provisions of Section 12(g)
47
<PAGE>
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), and, in
accordance therewith, the Company will be required to comply with certain
reporting, proxy solicitation and other requirements of the Exchange Act.
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
Underwriters named below, for whom Barron Chase Securities, Inc. is acting as
Representative, have severally agreed to purchase from the Company an aggregate
of 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock ("Shares") and 1,500,000 Warrants
(collectively the "Securities").
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITER SHARES WARRANTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Barron Chase Securities, Inc.......................................
.........................................
.........................................
----------- -----------
Total.............................................................. 1,500,000 1,500,000
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
</TABLE>
The Securities are offered by the Underwriters subject to prior sale, when,
as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to approval
of certain legal matters by counsel and certain other conditions. The
Underwriters are committed to purchase all of the Securities offered by this
Prospectus, if any are purchased.
The Company has been advised by the Representative that the Underwriters
propose initially to offer the Securities offered hereby to the public at the
offering prices set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. The
Representative has advised the Company that the Underwriters propose to offer
the Securities through members of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), and may allow a concession, in their discretion, to
certain dealers who are members of the NASD and who agree to sell the Securities
in conformity with the NASD Conduct Rules. Such concessions shall not exceed the
amount of the underwriting discount that the Underwriters are to receive.
The Company has granted to the Representative options, exercisable for 45
days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 225,000
Shares and an additional 225,000 Warrants at the public offering price less the
underwriting discount set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus (the
"Over-Allotment Option"). The Representative may exercise this option solely to
cover over-allotments in the sale of the Securities being offered by this
Prospectus.
Officers and directors of the Company may introduce the Representative to
persons to consider this offering and purchase Securities either through the
Representative, other Underwriters, or through participating dealers. In this
connection, the officers and directors will not receive any commissions or any
other compensation.
The Company has agreed to pay the Representative a commission of ten percent
(10%) of the gross proceeds of the offering (the "Underwriting Discount"),
including the gross proceeds from the sale of the Over-Allotment Option, if
exercised. In addition, the Company has agreed to pay to the Representative a
non-accountable expense allowance of three percent (3%) of the gross proceeds of
this offering, including proceeds from any Securities purchased pursuant to the
Over-Allotment Option. The Representative's expenses in excess of the
non-accountable expense allowance will be paid by the Representative. To the
extent that the expenses of the Representative are less than the amount of the
non-accountable expense allowance received, such excess shall be deemed to be
additional compensation to the Representative. The Representative has informed
the Company that it does not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed
five (5%) of the total number of Securities offered by the Company hereby.
The Company has agreed to engage the Representative as a financial advisor
for a period of three (3) years from the consummation of this offering, at a fee
of $108,000, all of which is payable to the
48
<PAGE>
Representative on the closing date. Pursuant to the terms of a financial
advisory agreement, the Representative has agreed to provide, at the Company's
request, advice to the Company concerning potential merger and acquisition and
financing proposals, whether by public financing or otherwise.
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares of
Common Stock or Warrants of the Company. Consequently, the initial public
offering price for the Securities, and the terms of the Warrants (including the
exercise price of the Warrants), have been determined by negotiations between
the Company and the Representative. Among the factors considered in determining
the public offering price were the history of, and the prospect for, the
Company's business, an assessment of the Company's management, its past and
present operations, the Company's development and the general condition of the
securities market at the time of the offering. The initial public offering price
does not necessarily bear any relationship to the Company's assets, book value,
earnings or other established criterion of value. Such price is subject to
change as a result of market conditions and other factors, and no assurance can
be given that a public market for the Shares and/or Warrants will develop after
the close of the public offering, or if a public market in fact develops, that
such public market will be sustained, or that the Shares and/or Warrants can be
resold at any time at the offering or any other price.
At the closing of the offering, the Company will issue to the Representative
for nominal consideration, Common Stock Representative Warrants and Warrant
Representative Warrants (the "Representative's Warrants") to purchase up to
150,000 Shares and 150,000 Warrants ("Underlying Warrants"). The
Representative's Warrants will be exercisable for a five year period commencing
on the date of this Prospectus. The initial exercise price of each Common Stock
Representative Warrant shall be $8.25 per share (165% of the public offering
price). The initial exercise price of each Warrant Representative Warrant shall
be $.20625 per Underlying Warrant (165% of the public offering price). Each
Underlying Warrant will be exercisable for a five (5) year period commencing on
the date of this Prospectus to purchase one Share of Common Stock at an exercise
price of $8.25 per share of Common Stock. The Representative's Warrants will not
be transferable by the holder for one year from the date of this Prospectus,
except (i) to officers of the Representative, other Underwriters and members of
the selling group and officers and partners thereof; (ii) by will; or (iii) by
operation of law.
The Representative's Warrants contain provisions providing for appropriate
adjustment in the event of any merger, consolidation, recapitalization,
reclassification, stock dividend, stock split or similar transaction. The
Representative's Warrants contain net issuance provisions permitting the holders
thereof to elect to exercise the Representative's Warrants in whole or in part
and instruct the Company to withhold from the securities issuable upon exercise,
a number of securities, valued at the current fair market value on the date of
exercise, to pay the exercise price. Such net exercise provision has the effect
of requiring the Company to issue shares of Common Stock without a corresponding
increase in capital. A net exercise of the Representative's Warrants will have
the same dilutive effect on the interests of the Company's shareholders as will
a cash exercise. The Representative's Warrants do not entitle the holders
thereof to any rights as a shareholder of the Company until such
Representative's Warrants are exercised and shares of Common Stock are purchased
thereunder.
The Representative's Warrants and the securities issuable thereunder may not
be offered for sale except in compliance with the applicable provisions of the
Securities Act of 1933. The Company has agreed that if it shall cause a
post-effective amendment, a new registration statement, or similar offering
document to be filed with the Commission, the holders shall have the right, for
seven years from the date of this Prospectus, to include in such registration
statement or offering statement the Representative's Warrants and/or the
securities issuable upon their exercise at no expense to the holders.
Additionally, the Company has agreed that, upon request by the holders of 50% or
more of the Representative's Warrants and registrable securities during the
period commencing one year from the date of this Prospectus and expiring four
years thereafter, the Company will, under certain circumstances, register the
Representative's Warrants and/or any of the securities issuable upon their
exercise.
49
<PAGE>
The Company has also agreed that if the Company participates in any merger,
consolidation or other such transactions which the Representative has brought to
the Company during a period of five years after the closing of this offering,
and which is consummated after the closing of this offering (including an
acquisition of assets or stock for which it pays, in whole or in part, with
shares or other securities), or if the Company retains the services of the
Representative in connection with any merger, consolidation or other such
transaction, then the Company will pay for the Representative's services an
amount equal to 5% of up to $1 million of value paid or received in the
transaction, 4% of the next $1 million of such value, 3% of the next $1 million
of such value, 2% of the next $1 million of such value and 1% of the next $1
million and of all such value above $4,000,000.
The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against any costs or
liabilities incurred by the Underwriters by reasons of misstatements or
omissions to state material facts in connection with the statements made in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus. The Underwriters have in turn agreed
to indemnify the Company against any liabilities by reason of misstatements or
omissions to state material facts in connection with the statements made in the
Prospectus, based on information relating to the Underwriters and furnished in
writing by the Underwriters. To the extent that this section may purport to
provide exculpation from possible liabilities arising from the federal
securities laws, in the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is
contrary to public policy and therefore unenforceable.
The foregoing is a summary of the principal terms of the agreements
described above and does not purport to be complete. Reference is made to copies
of each such agreement which are filed as exhibits to the Registration
Statement. See "Additional Information."
50
<PAGE>
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
e-Net, Inc. is not a party to any legal proceedings and, to the best of its
information, knowledge and belief, none is contemplated or has been threatened.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the securities being offered hereby will be passed upon for
the Company by Thomas T. Prousalis, Jr., Esq., 1919 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.,
Suite 800, Washington, D.C. 20006. Mr. Prousalis is the beneficial owner of
450,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company. See "Principal Stockholders."
Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by David A.
Carter, P.A., 355 W. Palmetto Park Road, Boca Raton, Florida 33432.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of e-Net, Inc. as of March 31, 1996, included in
the Registration Statement and this Prospectus have been included herein in
reliance on the report dated April 12, 1996, of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent
Certified Public Accountants, and upon the authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, with respect to the securities being offered hereby. This
Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration
Statement and the exhibits thereto. For further information about the Company
and the securities offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration
Statement and to the exhibits filed as a part thereof. The statements contained
in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document
identified as exhibits in this Prospectus are not necessarily complete, and in
each instance, reference is made to a copy of such contract or document filed as
an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each statement being qualified in any
and all respects by such reference. The Registration Statement, including
exhibits, may be inspected without charge at the principal reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549
and at the Los Angeles, California Regional Office of the Commission, 5757
Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 500 East, Los Angeles, California 90036-3648, and
copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the Commission upon
payment of fees prescribed by the Commission from the Public Reference Section
of the Commission at its principal office in Washington, D.C. set forth above.
51
<PAGE>
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS........................ F-2
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Balance Sheets.......................................................... F-3
Statements of Operations................................................ F-4
Statements of Cash Flows................................................ F-5
Statements of Stockholders' Equity...................................... F-6
F-7
-
Notes to Financial Statements........................................... F-13
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
Board of Directors
e-Net, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of e-Net, Inc. (a Delaware
corporation) as of March 31, 1996, and the related statements of operations,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for the period from beginning of operations
(June 8, 1995) to March 31, 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of e-Net, Inc.
as of March 31, 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the period from beginning of operations (June 8, 1995) to March 31, 1996, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
GRANT THORNTON LLP
Vienna, Virginia
April 12, 1996 (except for Notes B and G,
as to which the dates are June 24, 1996, and
July 31, 1996, respectively)
F-2
<PAGE>
e-NET, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1996 MARCH 31, 1996
----------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
(UNAUDITED)
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents................................................... $ 668,880 $ 557,960
Accounts receivable......................................................... 130,041 53,677
Prepaid expenses and deposits............................................... 25,530 --
----------------- --------------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.......................................................... 824,451 611,637
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET............................................ 178,594 134,285
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS.................................................... 367,598 --
----------------- --------------
$ 1,370,643 $ 745,922
----------------- --------------
----------------- --------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Stockholder/Officer notes payable........................................... $ -- $ 45,000
Accounts payable -- trade................................................... 45,033 5,326
Accrued liabilities......................................................... 110,263 22,787
Deferred revenue............................................................ -- 20,000
Capital lease obligation -- current portion................................. 6,971 --
----------------- --------------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES..................................................... 162,267 93,113
CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE......................................................... 1,000,000 --
LONG-TERM DEBT................................................................ -- 500,000
----------------- --------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES............................................................. 1,162,267 593,113
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 4,000,000 and
3,750,000 shares outstanding at December 31, 1996 and March 31, 1996,
respectively............................................................... 40,000 37,500
Stock subscriptions and notes receivable.................................... (100) (125,100)
Unamortized cost of bridge financing........................................ -- (2,885,135)
Additional paid-in capital.................................................. 7,035,100 3,662,600
Retained deficit............................................................ (6,866,624) (537,056)
----------------- --------------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.................................................... 208,376 152,809
----------------- --------------
$ 1,370,643 $ 745,922
----------------- --------------
----------------- --------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
e-NET, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM PERIOD FROM
BEGINNING OF BEGINNING OF
NINE MONTHS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS
ENDED (JUNE 8, 1995) TO (JUNE 8,1995) TO
DECEMBER 31, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1995 MARCH 31, 1996
----------------------- ----------------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
SALES..................................... $ 438,517 $ 204,771 $ 293,876
OPERATING EXPENSES
Cost of product sales
and service............................ 303,309 37,333 88,360
Selling, general and administrative..... 593,971 84,445 115,171
Research and development................ 158,684 -- --
------------ ----------- -----------
(LOSS) INCOME FROM OPERATIONS............. (617,447) 82,993 90,345
INTEREST AND FINANCING CHARGES
Interest expense -- bridge financing.... (5,385,135) -- (614,865)
Cost of stock registration.............. (284,575) -- --
Interest expense........................ (15,581) -- (6,884)
Other expenses.......................... (41,849) -- (6,143)
Interest Income......................... 15,019 284 491
------------ ----------- -----------
(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES......... (6,329,568) 83,277 (537,056)
INCOME TAX PROVISION...................... -- -- --
------------ ----------- -----------
NET (LOSS) INCOME......................... $ (6,329,568) $ 83,277 $ (537,056)
------------ ----------- -----------
------------ ----------- -----------
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENT TO REFLECT ADDITIONAL
COMPENSATION EXPENSE..................... -- (166,250) (237,500)
------------ ----------- -----------
PRO FORMA NET LOSS........................ $ (6,329,568) $ (82,973) $ (774,556)
------------ ----------- -----------
------------ ----------- -----------
PRO FORMA LOSS PER SHARE.................. $ (1.59) $ (.03) $ (.26)
------------ ----------- -----------
------------ ----------- -----------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING....... 3,972,727 3,000,000 3,017,808
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
e-NET, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
BEGINNING OF PERIOD FROM
OPERATIONS BEGINNING OF
(JUNE 8, 1995) OPERATIONS
NINE MONTHS TO (JUNE 8, 1995)
ENDED DECEMBER 31, TO
DECEMBER 31, 1996 1995 MARCH 31, 1996
----------------- --------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net (loss) income........................................ $ (6,329,568) $ 83,277 $ (537,056)
----------------- --------------- ---------------
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash
from operating activities
Interest expense -- private placement.................. 5,385,135 -- 614,865
Depreciation and amortization.......................... 28,011 23,036 30,715
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
(Increase) in accounts receivable.................... (76,364) (75,537) (53,677)
Increase in prepaid expenses and deposits............ (25,530) -- --
Increase in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities......................................... 127,183 12,522 28,113
(Decrease) increase in deferred revenue.............. (20,000) -- 20,000
----------------- --------------- ---------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES.................. (911,133) 43,298 102,960
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures..................................... (94,580) -- --
Capitalized software development costs................... (367,598) -- --
----------------- --------------- ---------------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES...................... (462,178) -- --
----------------- --------------- ---------------
----------------- --------------- ---------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from shareholder/officer loans.................. -- 30,000 30,000
Payment of shareholder/officer loans..................... (12,050) (25,000) (25,000)
Payment of notes payable arising from asset
acquisition............................................. -- -- (50,000)
Proceeds from issuance of bridge notes payable........... 500,000 -- 500,000
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt................. 1,000,000 -- --
Payments on capital leases............................... (3,719) -- --
----------------- --------------- ---------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES.................. 1,484,231 5,000 455,000
----------------- --------------- ---------------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.................. 110,920 48,298 557,960
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD........... 557,960 -- --
----------------- --------------- ---------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD................. $ 668,880 $ 48,298 $ 557,960
----------------- --------------- ---------------
----------------- --------------- ---------------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
Income Taxes Paid........................................ $ -- $ -- $ --
----------------- --------------- ---------------
----------------- --------------- ---------------
Interest Paid............................................ $ 6,284 $ -- $ 688
----------------- --------------- ---------------
----------------- --------------- ---------------
</TABLE>
NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
The Company acquired fixed assets of $165,000 in exchange for notes payable
of $90,000 and a capital contribution of $75,000 during the period ended March
31, 1996.
The Company issued 3,250,000 shares of common stock for notes receivable of
$155,000 during the period ended March 31, 1996. In June 1996, notes receivable
of $125,000 were canceled upon the return of 250,000 shares of common stock.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
e-NET, INC.
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK STOCK UNAMORTIZED
------------------ SUBSCRIPTIONS COST OF ADDITIONAL TOTAL
NO. OF AND NOTES BRIDGE PAID-IN RETAINED STOCKHOLDERS'
SHARES AMOUNT RECEIVABLE FINANCING CAPITAL DEFICIT EQUITY
--------- ------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, inception
Initial capitalization........ 3,000,000 $30,000 $ (100) $ -- $ (29,900) $ -- $ --
Contribution of assets from
stockholder/officer.......... -- -- -- -- 75,000 -- 75,000
Sale of common stock
for note..................... 250,000 2,500 (125,000) -- 122,500 -- --
Issuance of common stock and
additional capital associated
with the financing cost from
the issuance of bridge
units........................ 500,000 5,000 -- (2,885,135) 3,495,000 -- 614,865
Net loss...................... -- -- -- -- -- (537,056) (537,056)
--------- ------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ------------
BALANCE, MARCH 31, 1996....... 3,750,000 37,500 (125,100) (2,885,135) 3,662,600 (537,056) 152,809
Bridge loan converted to
capital in June 1996......... -- -- -- 500,000 -- -- 500,000
Issuance of capital common
stock and additional
associated with the financing
costs from the issuance of
bridge units................. 500,000 5,000 -- (3,000,000) 3,495,000 -- 500,000
Cancellation of note
receivables in June 1996 upon
return of 250,000 shares of
common stock................. (250,000) (2,500) 125,000 -- (122,500) -- --
Amortization of the costs of
bridge financing............. -- -- -- 5,385,135 -- -- 5,385,135
Net Loss...................... -- -- -- -- -- (6,329,568) (6,329,568)
--------- ------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996
(UNAUDITED).................. 4,000,000 $40,000 $ (100) $ -- $7,035,100 $(6,866,624) $ 208,376
--------- ------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ------------
--------- ------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
e-NET, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
UNAUDITED AS TO INTERIM PERIODS
NOTE A -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND LIQUIDITY
e-Net, Inc. was incorporated on January 9, 1995, and the Company commenced
operations on June 8, 1995. The Company, with principal executive offices in
Germantown, Maryland, develops, markets, and supports open client-server and
integrated applications software that enables local, national and international
telephone communications, information exchange and commerce over the Internet
and private networks, principally located in the United States. The Company also
sells other products used in the management and billing of computer network,
telephone and computer usage.
The Company's operations to date have concentrated on continuing development
of its products, establishing acceptance of its software products in the
telecommunications industry, providing services to its existing customer base
and securing financing necessary to fund development, operations and expansion
of its business. Management believes cash flow provided by operations and
remaining proceeds received or to be received from MVSI, Inc. as described in
Note H will be sufficient to sustain operations for the remainder of fiscal
1997. Additional financing will be necessary to provide for continued product
development and operations in fiscal 1998. While assurance cannot be given as to
its success, the Company has entered into a letter of intent in February 1997
with an underwriter for a firm commitment initial public offering of securities
as described in Note G.
INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The condensed financial statements as of December 31, 1996, and for the nine
months ended December 31, 1996, and the period from June 8, 1995, to December
31, 1995, are unaudited; however, in the opinion of management, all adjustments
necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of
operations, and cash flows for these interim periods have been included. The
results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to
be obtained for the full fiscal year. The significant accounting policies used
in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements are as follows:
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenue is recognized on the sale of software products upon shipment unless
future obligations exist wherein a portion of the revenue is deferred until the
obligation is satisfied. Revenue from services rendered is recognized either as
the services are rendered based upon fixed hourly rates or at contractually
determined fixed monthly fees.
For the period ended March 31, 1996, the Company derived 32%, 29%, 16% and
13% of its sales from four customers, respectively.
For the nine months ended December 31, 1996, the Company derived 72% and 23%
of its sales from two customers.
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Accounts receivable are stated at the unpaid balances, less allowance on
uncollectible accounts, if any. Management periodically reviews its outstanding
accounts receivable to assess collectibility of balances based on past
experience and evaluation of current adverse situations which may affect
collectibility of receivables. At March 31, 1996, and December 31, 1996,
management deemed all balances fully collectible and did not establish an
allowance for uncollectible accounts.
USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets
F-7
<PAGE>
e-NET, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
UNAUDITED AS TO INTERIM PERIODS
NOTE A -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are carried at cost, net of an allowance for
accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed on equipment
and furniture, using a declining-balance method over a five-year period.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Earnings per share for the periods from the beginning of operations to
December 31, 1995, and March 31, 1996, are based upon weighted-average shares
outstanding during the period from June 1995, the date operations commenced,
through March 31, 1996, adjusted retroactively, where applicable, for the effect
of a 600:1 stock split in January 1996 and a 2:1 reverse stock split in February
1997. The weighted average shares outstanding also include the weighted-average
effect (17,808 shares) of 500,000 shares of common stock issued in March 1996,
pursuant to the issuance of the Bridge Units. The weighted-average effect of
bridge units issued in April 1996 has been accounted for in computing earnings
per share for the nine-months ended December 31, 1996 and not reflected in prior
period calculations inasmuch as the issuance of these securities was accounted
for at fair vlaue as described in Note B. The effect of the issuance of 250,000
shares of Common Stock in March 1996 for a $125,000 promissory note has not been
reflected in weighted-average shares outstanding because the note was canceled
in June 1996 in exchange for the return of all such shares. The effect of
convertible debentures outstanding on an "if-converted" basis at December 31,
1996 is anti-dilutive and therefore excluded from weighted-average shares
outstanding.
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS
In accordance with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86,
"Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise
Marketed," the Company has capitalized certain software development costs
incurred after the establishment of technological feasibility. Costs incurred
prior to such feasibility and all hardware related costs have been expensed as
research and development costs. Software costs will be amortized over the
estimated useful life of the software once the product is available for general
release to customers which release management estimates will occur by October
1997. At December 31, 1996, the Company has capitalized $367,598.
Critical to the recoverability of the capitalized software costs is the
completion of development of certain software products, bringing such products
to market in the near term, and the generation of related sales sufficient to
recover costs incurred to date and costs to complete development. Should
sufficient sales fail to materialize, the carrying amount of capitalized
software costs may be reduced accordingly in the future.
NOTE B -- SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS
PRIVATE PLACEMENT TRANSACTIONS
In March 1996, the Company issued 250,000 shares of Common Stock to a
nonaffiliated investment banking firm in a private placement transaction for
aggregate consideration of $125,000, represented by a full recourse promissory
note for the entire purchase price. In June 1996, this promissory note was
canceled in exchange for the return of the 250,000 shares of common stock.
In March 1996, the Company was loaned $500,000 by a nonaffiliated person.
Principal and interest computed at the rate of eight percent per annum become
due at the earlier of June 1, 1997, or
F-8
<PAGE>
e-NET, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
UNAUDITED AS TO INTERIM PERIODS
NOTE B -- SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
the closing date of the proposed initial public offering of securities of the
Company which was expected to occur in June 1996. As additional consideration
for making such loan, and after giving effect to a subsequent 2:1 reverse stock
split, the Company issued 500,000 bridge units each containing one share of
Common Stock, one Class A Warrant and one Class B Warrant to the lender. In June
1996, the loan principal was converted to paid-in capital and accounted for as
consideration for the 500,000 bridge units received in connection with the loan.
Inasmuch as these bridge units were issued in contemplation of a proposed
offering, financing expense related to the issuance of these securities of
$3,000,000 was recorded between the date of issuance and the anticipated
offering date, with a corresponding credit to paid-in capital. The value of
$3,000,000 attributed to issuance of the bridge units was computed using the
offering price of the units offered in the Company's proposed 1996 public
offering less the amount of debt converted to paid in capital in June 1996. As
of March 31, 1996, the Company had accrued $614,865 of this financing expense.
The Company recorded the loan of $500,000 as a noncurrent liability at March 31,
1996. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of this debt, as there
are no quoted market prices for debt with similar terms. In June 1996, the
bridge loans outstanding as of March 31, 1996, were converted and the
unamortized financing expense was charged to income at that time.
In April 1996, the Company was loaned $500,000 by three nonaffiliated
persons. Principal and interest computed at the rate of eight percent per annum
become due at the earlier of June 1, 1997, or the closing date of an initial
public offering of securities of the Company which was expected to occur in June
1996. As additional consideration for making such loan the Company issued
500,000 bridge units identical to those issued in March 1996 as described above.
In June 1996, the loan principal was converted to paid-in capital and accounted
for as consideration for the 500,000 bridge units received in connection with
the loan. Inasmuch as these bridge units were issued in contemplation of the
proposed offering, financing expense related to the issuance of these securities
of $3,000,000 was recorded between the date of issuance and the date the loan
was converted to capital, with a corresponding credit to paid-in capital. The
value of $3,000,000 attributed to issuance of the bridge units was computed
using the offering price of the units in the Company's proposed 1996 public
offering less the amount of debt converted to paid-in capital in June 1996.
ACQUISITIONS
In June 1995, the Company acquired the rights and title to certain tangible
assets comprised primarily of computer equipment and peripherals, certain
products and intangible assets related thereto, and contract rights in return
for a promissory note of $50,000 and the release of the seller's obligation
valued at $75,000 for compensation formerly due to the president of the Company.
The Company allocated the entire purchase price of $125,000 to the tangible
assets acquired based upon their fair value. The portion of the purchase price
attributable to the release of the compensation obligation due to the
stockholder/officer was credited to additional paid-in capital. The entire
principal balance due under the promissory note and interest thereon was repaid
by the Company in March 1996.
In March 1996, the Company acquired the right, title and interest to certain
inventions and related patents ("Technology") from two individuals who are also
stockholders of the Company in an assignment of patent rights in return for a
future royalty computed quarterly equal to 5% of gross profit from products sold
related to the acquired Technology. Royalties will be expensed in the period in
which related sales are recognized. The assignment agreement provides for the
right of the individuals to repurchase the Technology if the Company fails to
make reasonable efforts to develop and exploit the market opportunities made
available by the Technology. The agreement provides that
F-9
<PAGE>
e-NET, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
UNAUDITED AS TO INTERIM PERIODS
NOTE B -- SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
the Company allocate $1,000,000 of paid-in capital to develop and exploit the
market opportunities of the Technology by December 31, 1996, or the Technology
will be subject to repurchase by the inventors of the Technology. The Company
believes that it has satisfied its commitment to allocate $1,000,000 towards the
Technology by December 31, 1996.
In January 1996, the Company signed a letter of intent to purchase certain
assets from an entity of which two of the three owners are also stockholders of
the Company. These assets are prototype boards, proprietary software code and
existing research and development relating to specific computer software
products. In May 1996, the Company completed the purchase for cash of $50,000.
Management allocated the entire purchase price of $50,000 to research and
development expense and therefore, recorded a charge to operations in fiscal
year 1997 for that amount. The entity from which the assets are intended to be
acquired is dormant and contains no assets other than the above intangible
assets. As a result, condensed financial statements of this entity have not been
presented.
NOTE C -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1996 MARCH 31, 1996
----------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
(UNAUDITED)
Furniture and office equipment............................ $ 230,270 $ 125,000
Airplane.................................................. -- 40,000
----------------- --------------
230,270 165,000
Less accumulated depreciation............................. (51,676) (30,715)
----------------- --------------
Property and equipment -- net............................. $ 178,594 $ 134,285
----------------- --------------
----------------- --------------
</TABLE>
NOTE D -- STOCKHOLDER/OFFICER NOTES PAYABLE
Stockholder notes payable consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1996 MARCH 31, 1996
----------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
(UNAUDITED)
Loan from an officer of the Company, bearing interest at
8% per annum with principal and interest due June 3,
1996. The note is collateralized by an airplane.......... $ -- $ 40,000
Loan from an officer of the Company, bearing interest at
10% per annum with payment of principal and interest due
June 15, 1996............................................ -- 5,000
-------- --------------
$ -- $ 45,000
-------- --------------
-------- --------------
</TABLE>
Management's estimate of the fair value of these liabilities is the carrying
value.
NOTE E -- INCOME TAXES
For the nine-month period ended December 31, 1996, no provision for income
taxes has been reflected due to uncertainty as to the realizability of tax
benefits associated with net operating losses to date. Financing expense
associated with the issuance of Bridge Units is non-deductible and is being
treated as a capital transaction for income tax reporting purposes.
F-10
<PAGE>
e-NET, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
UNAUDITED AS TO INTERIM PERIODS
NOTE E -- INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The income tax provision consists of the following for the period ended
March 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Deferred
Federal.......................................................... $ 2,267
State............................................................ 426
Valuation allowance................................................ (2,693)
---------
Net provision...................................................... $ --
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The effective tax rate for the period ended March 31, 1996 was 0%. A
reconciliation between the U.S. federal statutory rate and the effective tax
rate follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Tax (benefit) at U.S. federal statutory rates................... $(182,599)
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
State tax (benefit)........................................... (21,267)
Permanent difference -- financing expense private placement... 200,812
Other permanent differences................................... 361
Valuation allowance........................................... 2,693
---------
Income tax provision............................................ $ --
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The Company's reporting period for tax purposes is the calendar year. Taxes
on the net loss for the period January through March is reflected in the
calculation of the deferred tax asset. A valuation allowance has been recognized
in an amount equal to the deferred tax asset.
The tax effect of temporary differences between the financial statement
amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities which give rise to a deferred
tax asset is as follows at March 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Net loss for January 1 through March 31, 1996.................... $ 31,997
Accounts receivable.............................................. (28,704)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses............................ 893
Depreciation expense............................................. (1,493)
Valuation allowance.............................................. (2,693)
---------
Deferred taxes payable........................................... $ --
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The use of net operating losses of the Company in the future to offset
taxable income may be limited in the event of a change in control of the Company
in accordance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.
NOTE F -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
LEASE COMMITMENT
As of March 31, 1996, the Company leases office space under a month-to-month
operating lease which provides for monthly rent payments of $1,900.
F-11
<PAGE>
e-NET, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
UNAUDITED AS TO INTERIM PERIODS
NOTE F -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)
In May and September 1996, the Company entered into two leases for office
space which provide for aggregate monthly rent payments of $7,530. At December
31, 1996, approximate future rental commitments are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING MARCH 31,
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
1997............................................................................. $ 26,493
1998............................................................................. 107,124
1999............................................................................. 109,458
2000............................................................................. 100,306
2001............................................................................. 100,446
Thereafter....................................................................... 50,844
-----------
$ 494,671
-----------
-----------
</TABLE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
The Company entered into an employment agreement effective April 1, 1996
with an officer. Minimum future annual salary commitments of the Company under
the agreements are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING
MARCH 31, SALARY BONUS TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1997................................. $ 175,000 $ 87,500 $ 262,500
1998................................. 175,000 87,500 262,500
1999................................. 175,000 87,500 262,500
2000................................. 175,000 87,500 262,500
2001................................. 175,000 87,500 262,500
----------- ----------- -------------
$ 875,000 $ 437,500 $ 1,312,500
----------- ----------- -------------
----------- ----------- -------------
</TABLE>
The agreement also provides for bonuses upon certain performance criteria of
the Company and the determination of the Board of Directors. Pursuant to the
agreement, employment may be terminated by the Company with cause or by the
executive with or without good reason. Termination by the Company without cause,
or by the executive for good reason, would subject the Company to liability for
an amount equal to six months of the terminated executive's salary at the date
of termination plus comparable insurance benefits being received prior to
termination.
The accompanying financial statements reflect compensation paid and accrued
for services rendered, if any, by the officer at the salary level which the
Company believes is reasonable under the circumstances. PRO FORMA data presented
in the accompanying statement of operations reflect the result of operations on
a PRO FORMA basis had the officer been employed by the Company for the entire
period at a compensation level equal to that contained in the above agreement.
NOTE G -- PROPOSED INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
In March 1996, the Company entered into a letter of intent with an
underwriter for a firm commitment initial public offering of securities. The
offering was abandoned in September 1996. The Company paid $100,000 to an
attorney who is also a stockholder of the Company in return for services
rendered in connection with the offering. In addition, the Company has expensed
$284,575 of costs incurred in connection with the offering, which costs do not
benefit the 1997 proposed offering described below.
F-12
<PAGE>
e-NET, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
UNAUDITED AS TO INTERIM PERIODS
NOTE G -- PROPOSED INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING (CONTINUED)
In February 1997, the Company entered into a letter of intent with an
underwriter for a firm commitment initial public offering of securities
consisting of 1,500,000 shares of common stock and 1,500,000 warrants. In
connection with the proposed offering, a 2:1 reverse stock split was approved by
the Company. In addition, in connection with the proposed offering, the
$1,275,081 convertible debenture described in Note H was converted to 250,000
shares of common stock, and the outstanding Class A and Class B warrants were
canceled, resulting in 4,250,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding
prior to the proposed offering.
NOTE H -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
In August 1996, the Company entered into a letter of intent with MVSI, Inc.
("MVSI"), a Washington, D.C. area based Nasdaq-listed technology products and
services company, whereby the Company agreed to be acquired and become a
wholly-owned subsidiary of MVSI in an exchange of securities. Three principal
stockholders of the Company are stockholders of MVSI. A director of the Company
is a director of MVSI. Pursuant to the terms of the letter of intent, an initial
amount of $500,000 was loaned by MVSI to the Company for working capital. In
October 1996, the Company entered into an agreement to be acquired by MVSI,
which was subject to stockholder approval. An additional $500,000 was loaned to
the Company in November 1996. However, in January 1997, the parties mutually
agreed to terminate the acquisition, principally due to market conditions, and,
as part of a mutual cooperation agreement, MVSI loaned the Company an additional
$250,000 pursuant to the terms of a convertible debenture.
The terms of the convertible debenture in the principal sum of $1,275,081,
reflecting the total amount of the loan advances made to the Company by MVSI,
provide that the outstanding principal balance bear interest at 9% per annum. At
MVSI's option, the principal is convertible into shares of common stock of the
Company upon completion of an initial public offering of the Company's
securities, with the number of shares to be calculated using the initial price
per share of the offering. In February 1997, the convertible debenture was
converted by MVSI into 250,000 shares of the Company's common stock, resulting
in a total of 4,250,000 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding prior to
the date of this prospectus. The 250,000 shares of Common Stock owned by MVSI
are being registered as part of this offering and are restricted from sale for a
period of 12 months from the date of this offering, but may be released for sale
during this period with the consent of the Representative.
F-13
<PAGE>
PART TWO
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
As permitted by Delaware law, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation
includes a provision which provides that a director of the Company shall not be
personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for a
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware, which prohibits the unlawful payment of dividends or the
unlawful repurchase or redemption of stock, or (iv) for any transaction from
which the director derives an improper personal benefit. This provision is
intended to afford directors protection against, and to limit their potential
liability for monetary damages resulting from, suits alleging a breach of the
duty of care by a director. As a consequence of this provision, stockholders of
the Company will be unable to recover monetary damages against directors for
action taken by them that may constitute negligence or gross negligence in
performance of their duties unless such conduct falls within one of the
foregoing exceptions. The provision, however, does not alter the applicable
standards governing a director's fiduciary duty and does not eliminate or limit
the right of the Company or any stockholder to obtain an injunction or any other
type of nonmonetary relief in the event of a breach of fiduciary duty.
Management of the Company believes this provision will assist the Company in
securing and retaining qualified persons to serve as directors. The Company is
unaware of any pending or threatened litigation against the Company or its
directors that would result in any liability for which such director would seek
indemnification or similar protection.
Such indemnification provisions are intended to increase the protection
provided directors and, thus, increase the Company's ability to attract and
retain qualified persons to serve as directors. Because directors liability
insurance is only available at considerable cost and with low dollar limits of
coverage and broad policy exclusions, the Company does not currently maintain a
liability insurance policy for the benefit of its directors although the Company
may attempt to acquire such insurance in the future. The Company believes that
the substantial increase in the number of lawsuits being threatened or filed
against corporations and their directors and the general unavailability of
directors liability insurance to provide protection against the increased risk
of personal liability resulting from such lawsuits have combined to result in a
growing reluctance on the part of capable persons to serve as members of boards
of directors of public companies. The Company also believes that the increased
risk of personal liability without adequate insurance or other indemnity
protection for its directors could result in overcautious and less effective
direction and management of the Company. Although no directors have resigned or
have threatened to resign as a result of the Company's failure to provide
insurance or other indemnity protection from liability, it is uncertain whether
the Company's directors would continue to serve in such capacities if improved
protection from liability were not provided.
The provisions affecting personal liability do not abrogate a director's
fiduciary duty to the Company and its shareholders, but eliminate personal
liability for monetary damages for breach of that duty. The provisions do not,
however, eliminate or limit the liability of a director for failing to act in
good faith, for engaging in intentional misconduct or knowingly violating a law,
for authorizing the illegal payment of a dividend or repurchase of stock, for
obtaining an improper personal benefit, for breaching a director's duty of
loyalty (which is generally described as the duty not to engage in any
transaction which involves a conflict between the interest of the Company and
those of the director) or for violations of the federal securities laws. The
provisions also limit or indemnify against liability resulting from grossly
negligent decisions including grossly negligent business decisions relating to
attempts to change control of the Company.
The provisions regarding indemnification provide, in essence, that the
Company will indemnify its directors against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding arising
II-1
<PAGE>
out of the director's status as a director of the Company, including actions
brought by or on behalf of the Company (shareholder derivative actions). The
provisions do not require a showing of good faith. Moreover, they do not provide
indemnification for liability arising out of willful misconduct, fraud, or
dishonesty, for "short-swing" profits violations under the federal securities
laws, or for the receipt of illegal remuneration. The provisions also do not
provide indemnification for any liability to the extent such liability is
covered by insurance. One purpose of the provisions is to supplement the
coverage provided by such insurance. However, as mentioned above, the Company
does not currently provide such insurance to its directors, and there is no
guarantee that the Company will provide such insurance to its directors in the
near future although the Company may attempt to obtain such insurance.
The provisions diminish the potential rights of action which might otherwise
be available to shareholders by limiting the liability of officers and directors
to the maximum extent allowable under Delaware law and by affording
indemnification against most damages and settlement amounts paid by a director
of the Company in connection with any shareholders derivative action. However,
the provisions do not have the effect of limiting the right of a shareholder to
enjoin a director from taking actions in breach of his fiduciary duty, or to
cause the Company to rescind actions already taken, although as a practical
matter courts may be unwilling to grant such equitable remedies in circumstances
in which such actions have already been taken. Also, because the Company does
not presently have directors liability insurance and because there is no
assurance that the Company will procure such insurance or that if such insurance
is procured it will provide coverage to the extent directors would be
indemnified under the provisions, the Company may be forced to bear a portion or
all of the cost of the director's claims for indemnification under such
provisions. If the Company is forced to bear the costs for indemnification, the
value of the Company stock may be adversely affected. In the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, indemnification for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act of 1933 is contrary to public policy and, therefore, is
unenforceable.
ITEM 25. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
The following is an itemization of expenses, payable by the Company from the
net proceeds of this offering, incurred by the Company in connection with the
issuance and distribution of the securities of the Company being offered hereby.
All expenses are estimated except the SEC, NASD and Nasdaq Registration and
Filing Fees. See "Use of Proceeds."
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SEC Registration and Filing Fee(1)............................. $ 6,561
NASD Registration and Filing Fee(1)............................ 2,665
Nasdaq Registration and Filing Fee............................. 10,000
Financial Printing............................................. 175,000
Transfer Agent Fees............................................ 10,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses................................... 75,000
Legal Fees and Expenses........................................ 375,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses..................................... 75,000
Underwriter's Nonaccountable Expense Allowance................. 265,219
Miscellaneous.................................................. 5,555
----------
Total...................................................... $1,000,000
----------
----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Paid upon initial filing of this Registration Statement and related
Prospectus.
ITEM 26. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
The following information sets forth all securities of the Company sold by
it within the past three years, adjusted retroactively for a 600:1 stock split
in January 1996, a 2:1 reverse stock split in July 1996, a 2:1 stock split in
August 1996 and a 2:1 reverse stock split in February 1997, which securities
were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
II-2
<PAGE>
In January 1995, the Company issued 3,000,000 shares of its Common Stock
(which includes a 600:1 stock split in January 1996, a 2:1 reverse stock split
in July 1996, a 2:1 stock split in August 1996 and a 2:1 reverse stock split in
February 1997) to 16 persons, including the officers and directors of the
Company, in a private placement transaction in consideration of $100, or its par
value at the time of issuance. "The securities issued by the Company in these
transactions are deemed "restricted" securities within the meaning of that term
as defined in Rule 144 and have been issued pursuant to the "private placement"
exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"), as
amended, such that the sales of the securities were transactions by an issuer
not involving any public offering. The stockholders in these transactions are
sophisticated and/or "accredited" persons as that term is defined in Rule 501 of
the Act."
In March 1996, the Company issued 250,000 shares of its Common Stock to ATG
Group, Inc., a Brookville, New York based investment firm, in a private
placement transaction for aggregate consideration of $250,000, represented by a
full recourse promissory note for the entire purchase price. However, in June
1996, ATG Group, Inc. agreed to cancel its shares of the Company's Common Stock
in consideration of the cancellation of its $250,000 promissory note.
In March and April 1996, the Company borrowed $1,000,000 in a bridge loan
from four persons who are nonaffiliated with the Underwriter and the Company, to
wit: Edward Ratkovich ($500,000), Robert Foise ($250,000), Armstrong Industries
(Sid Ritman) ($200,000) and Martin Sumichrast ($50,000), at the rate of eight
percent simple annual interest. (See more details below). These four investors
are not affiliated with Stratton Oakmont, Inc., a former proposed underwriter
for the Company that was barred from the securities industry in December 1996.
General Ratkovich and Mr. Sumichrast are officers, directors and principal
stockholders of Nasdaq-listed companies formerly underwritten by Stratton
Oakmont, Inc. MVSI, Inc., of which General Ratkovich is chairman, chief
executive officer and a principal stockholder, is a principal stockholder of the
Company. In further consideration of the bridge loan, which was highly
speculative since the Company was in its early development stage, the Company
issued 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 1,000,000 Class A Warrants and
1,000,000 Class B Warrants to such persons. However, in June 1996, such persons
converted their loans to equity in consideration of the prior issuance of the
securities. In February 1997, such persons agreed to the cancellation of the
Class A and B Warrants to help facilitate this offering by making the Company's
capital structure more attractive to investors. Also, in February 1997, Mr.
Sumichrast sold his 50,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company to Robert P.
Laurence, a private investor, in a private transaction for $100,000. Mr.
Laurence has no direct or indirect affiliation with Stratton Oakmont, Inc. The
securities issued by the Company in these transactions are deemed "restricted"
securities within the meaning of that term as defined in Rule 144 and have been
issued pursuant to the "private placement" exemption under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"), as amended, such that the sales of the
securities were transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The
stockholders in these transactions are "accredited" persons as that term is
defined in Rule 501 of the Act.
In March 1996, the Company was loaned $500,000 by Edward Ratkovich, a
nonaffiliated person. Principal and interest computed at the rate of eight
percent per annum become due at the earlier of June 1, 1997, or the closing date
of the proposed initial public offering of securities of the Company which was
expected to occur in June 1996. As additional consideration for making such
loan, the Company issued 500,000 bridge units each containing one share of
Common Stock, one Class A Warrant and one Class B Warrant to the lender. In June
1996, the loan principal was converted to paid-in capital and accounted for as
consideration for the 500,000 bridge units received in connection with the loan.
Inasmuch as these bridge units were issued in contemplation of a proposed
offering, financing expense related to the issuance of these securities of
$3,000,000 was recorded between the date of issuance and the anticipated
offering date, with a corresponding credit to paid-in capital. The value of
$3,000,000 attributed to issuance of the bridge units was computed using the
offering price of the units offered in the Company's proposed 1996 offering less
the amount of debt converted to paid in capital in June 1996. As of March 31,
1996, the Company had accrued $614,865 of this financing
II-3
<PAGE>
expense. The Company recorded the loan of $500,000 as a noncurrent liability at
March 31, 1996. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of this debt,
as there are no quoted market prices for debt with similar terms. In June 1996,
the bridge loans outstanding as of March 31, 1996, were converted to equity and
the unamortized financing expense was charged to income at that time. The
securities issued by the Company in these transactions are deemed "restricted"
securities within the meaning of that term as defined in Rule 144 and have been
issued pursuant to the "private placement" exemption under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"), as amended, such that the sales of the
securities were transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The
stockholders in these transactions are "accredited" persons as that term is
defined in Rule 501 of the Act.
In April 1996, the Company was loaned $500,000 by Messrs. Robert Foise,
Armstrong Industries (Sid Ritman) and Martin Sumichrast, three nonaffiliated
persons. Principal and interest computed at the rate of eight percent per annum
become due at the earlier of June 1, 1997, or the closing date of an initial
public offering of securities of the Company which was expected to occur in June
1996. As additional consideration for making such loan, the Company issued
500,000 bridge units identical to those issued in March 1996 as described above.
In June 1996, the loan principal was converted to paid-in capital and accounted
for as consideration for the 500,000 bridge units received in connection with
the loan. Inasmuch as these bridge units were issued in contemplation of the
proposed offering, financing expense related to the issuance of these securities
of $3,000,000 was recorded between the date of issuance and the date the loan
was converted to capital, with a corresponding credit to paid-in capital. The
value of $3,000,000 attributed to issuance of the bridge units was computed
using the offering price of the units in the Company's proposed 1996 offering
less the amount of debt converted to paid-in capital in June 1996. The
securities issued by the Company in these transactions are deemed "restricted"
securities within the meaning of that term as defined in Rule 144 and have been
issued pursuant to the "private placement" exemption under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"), as amended, such that the sales of the
securities were transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The
stockholders in these transactions are "accredited" persons as that term is
defined in Rule 501 of the Act.
In August 1996, the Company caused a 2:1 split of its issued and outstanding
shares of common stock, Class A Warrants and Class B Warrants, resulting in
8,000,000 shares of common stock, 2,000,000 Class A Warrants and 2,000,000 Class
B Warrants.
In February 1997, the Company caused a 2:1 reverse split of its issued and
outstanding securities, resulting in 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock. Also, in
February 1997, the Company canceled the outstanding Class A and B Warrants.
In August 1996, the Company entered into a letter of intent with MVSI, Inc.
("MVSI"), a Washington, D.C. area based Nasdaq-listed technology products and
services company, whereby the Company agreed to be acquired and become a
wholly-owned subsidiary of MVSI in an exchange of securities. Three principal
stockholders (Messrs. Edward Ratkovich, Thomas T. Prousalis, Jr., Esq. and
Robert Foise) of the Company are stockholders of MVSI. General Edward Ratkovich
is also chairman and chief executive officer of MVSI, Inc. A director of the
Company (Clive Whittenbury, Ph.D.) is a director of MVSI. Pursuant to the terms
of the letter of intent, an initial amount of $500,000 was loaned by MVSI to the
Company for working capital. In October 1996, the Company entered into an
agreement to be acquired by MVSI, which was subject to stockholder approval. An
additional $500,000 was loaned to the Company in November 1996. However, in
January 1997, the parties mutually agreed to terminate the acquisition,
principally due to market conditions which involved a significant decrease in
the bid price of MVSI's common stock thereby significantly lowering the purchase
price, and, as part of a mutual cooperation agreement, MVSI loaned the Company
an additional $250,000 pursuant to the terms of a convertible debenture.
The terms of the convertible debenture in the principal sum of $1,275,081,
reflecting the total amount of the loan advances made to the Company by MVSI,
provide that the outstanding principal balance bear interest at 9% per annum. At
MVSI's option, the principal is convertible into shares of
II-4
<PAGE>
common stock of the Company upon completion of an initial public offering of the
Company's securities, with the number of shares to be calculated using the
initial price per share of the offering. In February 1997, the convertible
debenture was converted by MVSI into 250,000 shares of the Company's common
stock, resulting in a total of 4,250,000 shares of Common Stock issued and
outstanding prior to the date of this prospectus. The 250,000 shares of Common
Stock owned by MVSI are being registered as part of this offering and are
restricted from sale for a period of 12 months from the date of this offering,
but may be released for sale during this period with the consent of the
Representative. The securities issued by the Company in this transaction are
deemed "restricted" securities within the meaning of that term as defined in
Rule 144 and have been issued pursuant to the "private placement" exemption
under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"), as amended, such
that the sale of the securities was a transaction by an issuer not involving any
public offering. The stockholder in this transaction is an "accredited" person
as that term is defined in Rule 501 of the Act.
Reference is also made hereby to "Dilution," "Principal Stockholders,"
"Certain Transactions" and "Description of Securities" in the Prospectus for
more information with respect to the previous issuance and sale of the Company's
securities.
All of the aforesaid securities have been appropriately marked with a
restricted legend and are "restricted securities," as defined in Rule 144 of the
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington,
D.C. 20549. All of the aforesaid securities were issued for investment purposes
only and not with a view to redistribution, absent registration. All of the
aforesaid persons have been fully informed and advised concerning the
Registrant, its business, financial and other matters. Transactions by the
Registrant involving the sales of these securities set forth above were issued
pursuant to the "private placement" exemptions under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The
Registrant has been informed that each person is able to bear the economic risk
of his investment and is aware that the securities were not registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and cannot be re-offered or re-sold until
they have been so registered or until the availability of an exemption
therefrom. The transfer agent and registrar of the Registrant will be instructed
to mark "stop transfer" on its ledgers to assure that these securities will not
be transferred absent registration or until the availability of an exemption
therefrom is determined.
ITEM 27. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
This following is a list of Exhibits marked by an asterisk (*) filed
herewith by e-Net, Inc. as part of Amendment No. 14 to the SB-2 Registration
Statement and related Prospectus:
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
1.0 Form of Underwriting Agreement.
1.1 Agreement Among Underwriters.
1.2 Selected Dealers Agreement.
3.0 Certificate of Incorporation, filed January 9, 1995.
3.1 By-laws, as amended.
4.0 Specimen Copy of Common Stock Certificate.
4.1 Form of Warrant Certificate.
4.2 Form of Representative's Warrant Agreement.
4.3 Form of Warrant Agreement.*
5.0 Opinion of Thomas T. Prousalis, Jr., Esq. for Registrant.*
10.0 Employment Agreement, Robert A. Veschi, dated April 1, 1996.
10.1 United States Patent, Notice of Allowance, dated January 23, 1996.
10.2 Assignment of Patent Rights, dated March 22, 1996.
10.3 Sprint Agreement, dated March 1, 1996.
10.4 Financial Advisory Agreement.
</TABLE>
II-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
10.5 Merger and Acquisition Agreement.
10.6 Mutual Cooperation Agreement, dated January 14, 1997.*
10.7 Lockheed Martin Agreement, dated January 3, 1997.*
11.0 Computation of Per Share Loss.
23.0 Consent of Thomas T. Prousalis, Jr., Esq. is contained on page II-9 of
the Registration Statement.
24.0 Consent of Grant Thornton LLP is contained on page II-10 of the
Registration Statement.
25.0 Power of Attorney appointing Robert A. Veschi is contained on page II-6
of the Registration Statement.
</TABLE>
ITEM 28. UNDERTAKINGS
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to participating
broker-dealers, at the closing, certificates in such denominations and
registered in such names as required by the participating broker-dealers, to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
The undersigned Registrant also undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
the effective date of the registration statement (or the most
recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or
in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the
information set forth in the registration statement:
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan
of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration
statement or any material change to such information in the
registration statement;
Provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) do not
apply if the registration statement is on Form S-3 or Form S-8, and
the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment
by those paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed by the
registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the
registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
II-6
<PAGE>
This Registration Statement consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
1. Facing page.
2. Cross-Reference Sheet.
3. Prospectus.
4. Complete text of Items 24-28 in Part Two of Registration Statement.
5. Exhibits.
6. Signature page.
7. Consents of:
Thomas T. Prousalis, Jr., Esq.
Grant Thornton LLP
</TABLE>
II-7
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this registration
statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Washington, District of Columbia, on March 19, 1997.
e-NET, INC.
By: ROBERT A. VESCHI
-------------------------------------------
Robert A. Veschi
President
In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------- ----------------------
<C> <S> <C>
ALONZO E. SHORT, JR., LT. GEN., USA (RET.)*
------------------------------------------- Chairman of the Board March 19, 1997
Alonzo E. Short, Jr., Lt. Gen., USA (ret.)
ROBERT A. VESCHI President, Chief Executive
------------------------------------------- Officer, Chief Financial March 19, 1997
Robert A. Veschi Officer, Controller, Director
CHRISTINA L. SWISHER
------------------------------------------- Vice President, Secretary March 19, 1997
Christina L. Swisher
WILLIAM L. HOOTON*
------------------------------------------- Director March 19, 1997
William L. Hooton
CLIVE WHITTENBURY, PH.D.
------------------------------------------- Director March 19, 1997
Clive Whittenbury, Ph.D.
WILLIAM W. ROGERS, JR.
------------------------------------------- Director March 19, 1997
William W. Rogers, Jr.
By: ROBERT A. VESCHI*
------------------------------------------
Robert A. Veschi
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
II-8
<PAGE>
CONSENT OF COUNSEL
The consent of Thomas T. Prousalis, Jr., Esq., 1919 Pennsylvania Avenue,
N.W., Suite 800, Washington, D.C. 20006, to the use of his name in this Form
SB-2 Registration Statement, and related Prospectus, as amended, of e-Net, Inc.
is contained in his opinion filed as Exhibit 5.0 hereto.
II-9
<PAGE>
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
We have issued our report dated April 12, 1996 accompanying the Financial
Statements of e-Net, Inc. contained in the Registration Statement and
Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears
under the caption "Experts."
GRANT THORNTON LLP
Washington, D.C.
March 19, 1997
II-10
<PAGE>
E-NET, INC.
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
The following is a list of Exhibits marked by an asterisk (*) filed herewith
by e-Net, Inc. as part of Amendment No. 14 to the SB-2 Registration Statement
and related Prospectus:
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
1.0 Form of Underwriting Agreement.
1.1 Agreement Among Underwriters.
1.2 Selected Dealers Agreement.
3.0 Certificate of Incorporation, filed January 9, 1995.
3.1 By-laws, as amended.
4.0 Specimen Copy of Common Stock Certificate.
4.1 Form of Warrant Certificate.
4.2 Form of Representative's Warrant Agreement.
4.3 Form of Warrant Agreement.*
5.0 Opinion of Thomas T. Prousalis, Jr., Esq. for Registrant.*
10.0 Employment Agreement, Robert A. Veschi, dated April 1, 1996.
10.1 United States Patent, Notice of Allowance, dated January 23, 1996.
10.2 Assignment of Patent Rights, dated March 22, 1996.
10.3 Sprint Agreement, dated March 1, 1996.
10.4 Financial Advisory Agreement.
10.5 Merger and Acquisition Agreement.
10.6 Mutual Cooperation Agreement, dated January 14, 1997.*
10.7 Lockheed Martin Agreement, dated January 3, 1997.*
11.0 Computation of Per Share Loss.
23.0 Consent of Thomas T. Prousalis, Jr., Esq. is contained on page II-9 of
the Registration Statement.
24.0 Consent of Grant Thornton LLP is contained on page II-10 of the
Registration Statement.
25.0 Power of Attorney appointing Robert A. Veschi is contained on page II-6
of the Registration Statement.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
250,000 SHARES
[LOGO]
This Prospectus relates to the offering of 250,000 shares of Common Stock
offered by one person who is nonaffiliated with the Company, hereinafter
referred to as the "Selling Security-holder." The Common Stock may not be
transferred for twelve (12) months from the date hereof unless permitted sooner
by Barron Chase, and such securities include a legend with such restriction.
Barron Chase may release the securities held by the Selling Security-holder at
any time after all securities subject to the Over-allotment Option have been
sold or such option has expired. See "Description of Securities" and "Selling
Security-holder."
The Common Stock offered by this Prospectus may be sold from time to time by
the Selling Security-holder, or by its transferees. No underwriting arrangements
have been entered into by the Selling Security-holder. The distribution of the
securities by the Selling Security-holder may be effected in one or more
transactions that may take place on the over-the-counter market including
ordinary broker's transactions, privately-negotiated transactions or through
sales to one or more dealers for resale of such shares as principals at market
prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing
market prices or at negotiated prices. Usual and customary or specifically
negotiated brokerage fees or commissions may be paid by the Selling
Security-holder in connection with sales of such securities.
The Selling Security-holder and intermediaries through whom such securities
may be sold may be deemed "underwriters" within the meaning of the Security Act
of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act") with respect to the securities offered
and any profits realized or commissions received may be deemed underwriting
compensation. The Company has agreed to indemnify the Selling Security-holder
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
On the date hereof, the Company commenced pursuant to this registration
statement an initial public offering of 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock and
1,500,000 Warrants. See "Concurrent Sales."
The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the
securities by the Selling Security-holder. All costs incurred in the
registration of the securities of the Selling Security-holder are being borne by
the Company. See "Selling Security-holder."
Barron Chase Securities, Inc. from time to time may become a market maker
and otherwise effect transactions in the securities of this offering. Barron
Chase Securities, Inc., if it participates in the market, may become an
influence and thereafter a factor of increasing importance in the market for the
securities. However, there is no assurance that it will or will continue to be a
dominating influence. The prices and liquidity of the securities may be
significantly affected by the degree, if any, of its participation in such
market as a market maker. Barron Chase Securities, Inc. may discontinue such
market making activities at any time or from time to time.
The Company does not presently file reports and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission"). However, following completion
of the initial public offering, the Company intends to furnish its stockholders
with annual reports containing audited financial statements and such interim
reports, in each case as it may determine to furnish or as may be required by
law.
AN INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IS SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVES A
HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION FROM THE PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY
INVESTORS WHO CAN AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE
INVESTMENT. SEE "RISK FACTORS," ON PAGES 7-14 AND "DILUTION."
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
--------------------------
The date of this Prospectus is , 1997.
<PAGE>
CONCURRENT SALES
On the date of this Prospectus, a registration statement under the
Securities Act with respect to an underwritten public offering ("Offering") of
1,500,000 shares of Common Stock and 1,500,000 Warrants by the Company was
declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission"),
Washington, D.C. 20549, and the Company commenced the sale of the securities
offered thereby. Sales of the 250,000 shares of Common Stock under this
Prospectus by the Selling Security-holder or even the potential of such sales
may have an adverse effect on the market price of the Company's securities.
SELLING SECURITY-HOLDER
The registration statement, of which this Prospectus forms a part, also
covers the registration of 250,000 shares of Common Stock offered by one person
who is nonaffiliated with the Company, hereinafter referred to as the "Selling
Security-holder," to wit: MVSI, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a principal
stockholder of the Company. The securities held by the Selling Security-holder
may be sold commencing twelve (12) months from the date of this Prospectus,
subject to earlier release at the sole discretion of the Barron Chase
Securities, Inc. ("Barron Chase"), and such securities include a legend with
such restrictions. Barron Chase may release the securities held by the Selling
Security-holder at any time after all securities subject to the Over-allotment
Option have been sold or such option has expired. The resale of the securities
of the Selling Security-holder are subject to Prospectus delivery and other
requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Sales of such securities
or the potential of such sales at any time may have an adverse effect on the
market prices of the securities offered hereby. See "Certain Transactions."
The 250,000 shares of Common Stock are being offered by the Selling
Security-holder under an alternate Prospectus. The securities offered hereby may
be sold from time to time directly by the Selling Security-holder.
Alternatively, the Selling Security-holder may from time to time offer such
securities through underwriters, dealers or agents. The distribution of
securities by the Selling Security-holder may be effected in one or more
transactions that may take place on the over-the-counter market, including
ordinary broker's transactions, privately-negotiated transactions or through
sales to one or more broker-dealers for resale of such shares as principals, at
market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to such
prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Usual and customary or
specifically negotiated brokerage fees or commissions may be paid by the Selling
Security-holder in connection with such sales of securities. The Selling
Security-holder and intermediaries through whom such securities are sold may be
deemed "underwriters" within the meaning of the Act with respect to the
securities offered, and any profits realized or commissions received may be
deemed underwriting compensation.
At the time a particular offer of securities is made by or on behalf of the
Selling Security-holder, to the extent required, a Prospectus will be
distributed which will set forth the number of shares being offered and the
terms of the offering, including the name or names of any underwriters, dealers
or agents, if any, the purchase price paid by any underwriter for shares
purchased from the Selling Security-holder and any discounts, commissions or
concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers, and the proposed selling
price to the public.
Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), and
the regulations thereto, any person engaged in a distribution of the securities
of the Company offered by this Prospectus may not simultaneously engage in
market-making activities with respect to such securities of the Company during
the applicable "cooling off" period (nine days) prior to the commencement of
such distribution. In addition, and without limiting the foregoing, the Selling
Security-holder will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and
the rules and regulations thereunder, including without limitation, Rule 10b-6
and 10b-7, in connection with transactions in such securities, which provisions
may limit the timing of purchases and sales of such securities by the Selling
Security-holder.
3
<PAGE>
Sales of securities by the Selling Security-holder or even the potential of
such sales may likely have an adverse effect on the market prices of the
securities offered hereby. Following the closing of this offering, the publicly
tradeable securities of the Company ("public float"), including this offering,
will be 1,750,000 shares of Common Stock and 1,500,000 Warrants, provided,
however, that 250,000 shares of Common Stock owned by the Selling
Security-holder are not transferable for twelve (12) months commencing on the
effective date of this Prospectus or at such earlier date as may be permitted by
Barron Chase, and such securities include a legend with such restrictions.
Barron Chase may release such securities held by the Selling Security-holder at
any time after all securities subject to the Over-allotment Option have been
sold or such option has expired. The resale of the securities of the Selling
Security-holder is subject to Prospectus delivery and other requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Sales of such securities or the potential of
such sales at any time may have an adverse effect on the market prices of the
securities offered hereby.
4
<PAGE>
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
The securities offered hereby may be sold from time to time directly by the
Selling Security-holder. Alternatively, the Selling Security-holder may from
time to time offer such securities through underwriters, dealers or agents. The
distribution of securities by the Selling Security-holder may be effected in one
or more transactions that may take place on the over-the-counter market,
including ordinary broker's transactions, privately-negotiated transactions or
through sales to one or more broker-dealers for resale of such shares as
principals, including Barron Chase, at market prices prevailing at the time of
sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated
prices. Usual and customary or specifically negotiated brokerage fees or
commissions may be paid by the Selling Security-holder in connection with such
sales of securities. The Selling Security-holder and intermediaries through whom
such securities are sold may be deemed "underwriters" within the meaning of the
Securities Act with respect to the securities offered, and any profits realized
or commissions received may be deemed underwriting compensation.
At the time a particular offer of securities is made by or on behalf of the
Selling Security-holder, to the extent required, a Prospectus will be
distributed which will set forth the number of shares and warrants being offered
and the terms of the offering, including the name or names of any underwriters,
dealers or agents, if any, the purchase price paid by any underwriter for shares
and warrants purchased from the Selling Security-holder and any discounts,
commissions or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers, and the
proposed selling price to the public.
Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), and
the regulations thereto, any person engaged in a distribution of the securities
of the Company offered by this Prospectus may not simultaneously engage in
market-making activities with respect to such securities of the Company during
the applicable "cooling off" period (nine days) prior to the commencement of
such distribution. In addition, and without limiting the foregoing, the Selling
Security-holder will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and
the rules and regulations thereunder, including without limitation, Rule 10b-6
and 10b-7, in connection with transactions in such securities, which provisions
may limit the timing of purchases and sales of such securities by the Selling
Security-holder.
5
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE HEREBY. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY.
THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OF ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE
SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN
WHICH SUCH AN OFFER WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. ANY MATERIAL MODIFICATION OF THE OFFERING
WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY MEANS OF AN AMENDMENT TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT. IN
ADDITION, THE RIGHT IS RESERVED BY THE COMPANY TO CANCEL ANY CONFIRMATION OF
SALE PRIOR TO THE RELEASE OF FUNDS, IF, IN THE OPINION OF THE COMPANY,
COMPLETION OF SUCH SALE WOULD VIOLATE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR A RULE
OR POLICY OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECURITIES DEALERS, INC., WASHINGTON,
D.C. 20006.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary........................................................ 3
Risk Factors.............................................................. 7
Use of Proceeds........................................................... 14
Dilution.................................................................. 16
Capitalization............................................................ 17
Dividend Policy........................................................... 17
Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation................. 18
Business.................................................................. 24
Management................................................................ 37
Principal Stockholders.................................................... 42
Certain Transactions...................................................... 43
Description of Securities................................................. 46
Underwriting.............................................................. 48
Legal Proceedings......................................................... 51
Legal Matters............................................................. 51
Experts................................................................... 51
Additional Information.................................................... 51
Index to Financial Statements............................................. F-1
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants........................ F-2
</TABLE>
------------------------
UNTIL , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS
PROSPECTUS), ALL BROKER-DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED
SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED
TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO
DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
1,500,000 SHARES
1,500,000 WARRANTS
[LOGO]
---------------------
PROSPECTUS
---------------------
[LOGO]
7770 W. Camino Real, Suite 200
Boca Raton, Florida 33433
(561) 347-1200
Atlanta, Georgia
Beverly Hills, California
Boston, Massachusetts
Chicago, Illinois
Clearwater, Florida
Denver, Colorado
East Boca Raton, Florida
Hoopeston, Illinois
La Jolla, California
Miami, Florida
Middletown, New Jersey
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
Orlando, Florida
Sarasota, Florida
Tampa, Florida
Tulsa, Oklahoma
, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 4.3
WARRANT AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT, dated as of this th day of _______1997, by and between e-Net,
Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Company"), and American Stock Transfer & Trust
Company, as Warrant Agent (the "Warrant Agent").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, in connection with a public offering of up to 1,725,000 shares of
the Company's Common Stock, $.01 par value ("Common Stock") and 1,725,000
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants (the "Warrants") pursuant to an
underwriting agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") dated ______ , 1997
between the Company and Barron Chase Securities, Inc. ("Barron Chase"), and the
issuance to Barron Chase or its designees of a Purchase Option to purchase
150,000 shares of Common Stock and 150,000 Warrants, the Company will issue up
to 1,875,000 Warrants;
WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the
Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the
issuance, registration, transfer, exchange and redemption of the Warrants, the
issuance of certificates representing the Warrants, the exercise of the
Warrants, and the rights of the holders thereof;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements
hereinafter set forth and for the purpose of defining the terms and provisions
of the Warrants and the certificates representing the Warrants and the
respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Company, the holders of
certificates representing the Warrants and the Warrant Agent, the parties hereto
agree as follows:
1. Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the
following meanings, unless the context shall otherwise require:
(a) "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock of the Company of
which at the date hereof consists of 50,000,000
<PAGE>
authorized shares, $.01 par value, and shall also include any capital stock
of any class of the Company thereafter authorized which shall not be limited
to a fixed sum or percentage in respect to the rights of the holders thereof
to participate in dividends and in the distribution of assets upon the
voluntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company; provided,
however, that the shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants shall include
(1) only shares of such class designated in the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation as Common Stock on the date of the original issue of the
Warrants or (ii), in the case of any reclassification, change, consolidation,
merger, sale, or conveyance of the character referred to in Section 9(c)
hereof, the stock, securities, or property provided for in such section or
(iii), in the case of any reclassification or change in the outstanding
shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants as a result of
a subdivision or combination or a change in par value, or from par value to
no par value, or from no par value to par value, such shares of Common Stock
as so reclassified or changed.
(b) "Corporate Office" shall mean the office of the Warrant Agent (or
its successor) at which at any particular time its principal business shall be
administered, which office is located at the date hereof at 40 Wall Street, New
York, New York 10005.
(c) "Exercise Date" shall mean, as to any Warrant, the date on
which the Warrant Agent shall have received both (a) the Warrant Certificate
representing such Warrant, with the exercise form thereon duly executed by
the Registered Holder (as defined below) thereof or his attorney duly
authorized in writing, and (b) payment in cash, or by official bank or
certified check made payable to the Company, of an amount in lawful money of
the United States of America equal to the applicable Purchase Price (as
defined below).
(d) "Initial Warrant Exercise Date" shall mean __________, 1997.
(e) "Purchase Price" shall mean the purchase price per share to be
paid upon exercise of each Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof, which
price shall be $5.25 per share for the Warrant, subject to adjustment from
time to time pursuant to the provisions of Section 9 hereof, and subject to
the Company's right,
<PAGE>
in its sole discretion, upon thirty (30) days written
notice, to reduce the Purchase Price upon notice to all warrant holders.
(f) "Redemption Price" shall mean the price at which the Company may,
at its option, redeem the Warrants, in accordance with the terms hereof, which
price shall be $0.05 per Warrant.
(g) "Registered Holder" shall mean as to any Warrant and as of any
particular date, the person in whose name the certificate representing the
Warrant shall be registered on that date on the books maintained by the Warrant
Agent pursuant to Section 6.
(h) "Transfer Agent" shall mean American Stock Transfer & Trust
Company, as the Company's transfer agent, or its authorized successor, as such.
(i) "Warrant Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 P.M. (New York time) on
August , 2002 or the Redemption Date as defined in Section 8, whichever is
earlier; provided that if such date shall in the State of New York be a holiday
or a day on which banks are authorized or required to close, then 5:00 P.M. (New
York time) on the next following day which in the State of New York is not a
holiday or a day on which banks are authorized or required to close. Upon
notice to all warrantholders, the Company shall have the right to extend the
warrant expiration date.
2. Warrants and Issuance of Warrant Certificates.
----------------------------------------------
(a) A Warrant initially shall entitle the Registered Holder of the
Warrant representing such Warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock upon the
exercise thereof, in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to modification
and adjustment as provided in Section 9.
(b) Upon execution of this Agreement, Warrant Certificates
representing the number of Warrants sold pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement
shall be executed by the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent. Upon
written order of the Company signed by its President or a Vice President and by
its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, the Warrant Certificates shall be
countersigned, issued, and delivered by the Warrant Agent.
3
<PAGE>
(c) From time to time, up to the Warrant Expiration Date, the
Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver stock certificates in required
whole number denominations representing up to an aggregate of 1,875,000
shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as described herein, upon the
exercise of Warrants in accordance with this Agreement.
(d) From time to time, up to the Warrant Expiration Date, the
Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver Warrant Certificates in required
whole number denominations to the persons entitled thereto in connection with
any transfer or exchange permitted under this Agreement; provided that no
Warrant Certificates shall be issued except (i) those initially issued
hereunder, (ii) those issued on or after the Initial Warrant Exercise Date,
upon the exercise of fewer than all Warrants represented by any Warrant
Certificate, to evidence any unexercised warrants held by the exercising
Registered Holder, (iii) those issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant
to Section 6; (iv) those issued in replacement of lost, stolen, destroyed, or
mutilated Warrant Certificates pursuant to Section 7; (v) those issued
pursuant to the Purchase Option; and (vi) those issued at the option of the
Company, in such form as may be approved by the its Board of Directors, to
reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price, the number of shares
of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants or the Redemption
Price therefor made pursuant to Section 9 hereof.
(e) Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Option, Barron Chase may
purchase up to 150,000 shares of Common Stock and 150,000 Warrants.
3. Form and Execution of Warrant Certificates.
-------------------------------------------
(a) The Warrant Certificates shall be substantially in the form
annexed hereto as Exhibit A (the provisions of which are hereby incorporated
herein) and may have such letters, numbers, or other marks of identification
or designation and such legends, summaries, or endorsements printed,
lithographed, or engraved thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as
are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be
required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant
thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the
Warrants may be listed, or to conform to
4
<PAGE>
usage or to the requirements of Section 2(b). The Warrant Certificates shall
be dated the date of issuance thereof (whether upon initial issuance,
transfer, exchange, or in lieu of mutilated, lost, stolen, or destroyed
Warrant Certificates) and issued in registered form. Warrant Certificates
shall be numbered serially with the letter W.
(b) Warrant Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company
by its President, or any Vice President and by its Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary, by manual signatures or by facsimile signatures printed thereon,
and shall have imprinted thereon a facsimile of the Company's seal. Warrant
Certificates shall be manually countersigned by the Warrant Agent and shall
not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned. In case any officer of
the Company who shall have signed any of the Warrant Certificates shall cease
to be an officer of the Company or to hold the particular office referenced
in the Warrant Certificate before the date of issuance of the Warrant
Certificates or before countersignature by the Warrant Agent and issue and
delivery thereof, such Warrant Certificates may nevertheless be countersigned
by the Warrant Agent, issued and delivered with the same force and effect as
though the person who signed such Warrant Certificates had not ceased to be
an officer of the Company or to hold such office. After countersignature by
the Warrant Agent, Warrant Certificates shall be delivered by the Warrant
Agent to the Registered Holder without further action by the Company, except
as otherwise provided by Section 4 hereof.
4. Exercise. Each Warrant may be exercised by the Registered Holder
thereof at any time on or after the Initial Warrant Exercise Date, but not
after the Warrant Expiration Date, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth herein and in the applicable Warrant Certificate. A
Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close
of business on the Exercise Date and the person entitled to receive the
securities deliverable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes
as the holder of those securities upon the exercise of the Warrant as of the
close of business on the Exercise Date. As soon as practicable on or after
the Exercise Date, the Warrant Agent shall deposit the proceeds received from
the exercise of a Warrant and shall notify the Company in writing of the
exercise of the Warrants. Promptly following, and in any event within five
(5) business days after the date of such notice from the Warrant Agent,
5
<PAGE>
the Warrant Agent, on behalf of the Company, shall cause to be issued and
delivered by the Transfer Agent, to the person or persons entitled to receive
the same, a certificate or certificates for the securities deliverable upon
such exercise (plus a certificate for any remaining unexercised Warrants of
the Registered Holder), unless prior to the date of issuance of such
certificates the Company shall instruct the Warrant Agent to refrain from
causing such issuance of certificates pending clearance of checks received in
payment of the Purchase Price pursuant to such Warrants. Upon the exercise of
any Warrant and clearance of the funds received, the Warrant Agent shall
promptly remit the payment received for the Warrant (the "Warrant Proceeds")
to the Company or as the Company may direct in writing.
5. Reservation of Shares; Listing; Payment of Taxes, etc.
------------------------------------------------------
(a) The Company covenants that it will at all times reserve and
keep available out of its authorized Common Stock, solely for the purpose of
issue upon exercise of Warrants, such number of shares of Common Stock as
shall then be issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Warrants. The
Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable
upon exercise of the Warrants shall, at the time of delivery, be duly and
validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens,
and charges with respect to the issue thereof, (other than those which the
Company shall promptly pay or discharge) and that upon issuance such shares
shall be listed on each national securities exchange or eligible for
inclusion in each automated quotation system, if any, on which the other
shares of outstanding Common Stock of the Company are then listed or eligible
for inclusion.
(b) The Company covenants that if any securities to be reserved for
the purpose of exercise of Warrants hereunder require registration with, or
approval of, any governmental authority under any federal securities law
before such securities may be validly issued or delivered upon such exercise,
then the Company will, to the extent the Purchase Price is less than the
Market Price (as hereinafter defined), in good faith and as expeditiously as
reasonably possible, endeavor to secure such registration or approval and
will use its reasonable efforts to obtain appropriate approvals or
registrations under state "blue sky" securities laws. With respect to any
such securities, however, Warrants may not be
6
<PAGE>
exercised by, or shares of Common Stock issued to, any Registered Holder in
any state in which such exercise would be unlawful.
(c) The Company shall pay all documentary, stamp, or similar taxes
and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the
issuance of Warrants, or the issuance, or delivery of any shares upon
exercise of the Warrants; provided, however, that if the shares of Common
Stock are to be delivered in a name other than the name of the Registered
Holder of the Warrant Certificate representing any Warrant being exercised,
then no such delivery shall be made unless the person requesting the same has
paid to the Warrant Agent the amount of transfer taxes or charges incident
thereto, if any.
(d) The Warrant Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized for such
time as it is acting as such to requisition the Company's Transfer Agent
from time to time for certificates representing shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, and the Company will authorize the
Transfer Agent to comply with all such proper requisitions. The Company will
file with the Warrant Agent a statement setting forth the name and address of
the Transfer Agent of the Company for shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of the Warrants.
6. Exchange and Registration of Transfer.
--------------------------------------
(a) Warrant Certificates may be exchanged for other Warrant
Certificates representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants of the same
class or may be transferred in whole or in part. Warrant Certificates to be
exchanged shall be surrendered to the Warrant Agent at its Corporate Office,
and upon satisfaction of the terms and provisions hereof, the Company shall
execute and the Warrant Agent shall countersign, issue, and deliver in
exchange therefor the Warrant Certificate or Certificates which the
Registered Holder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive.
(b) The Warrant Agent shall keep at its office books in which,
subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, it shall register
Warrant Certificates and the transfer thereof in accordance with its regular
practice. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant
Certificate at such office, the Company shall execute and the Warrant Agent
shall issue and
7
<PAGE>
deliver to the transferee or transferees a new Warrant Certificate or
Certificates representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants.
(c) With respect to all Warrant Certificates presented for
registration or transfer, or for exchange or exercise, the subscription form
on the reverse thereof shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written
instrument or instruments of transfer and subscription, in form satisfactory
to the Company and the Warrant Agent, duly executed by the Registered Holder
or his attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing.
(d) A service charge may be imposed by the Warrant Agent for any
exchange or registration of transfer of Warrant Certificates. In addition,
the Company may require payment by such holder of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
therewith.
(e) All Warrant Certificates surrendered for exercise or for
exchange in case of mutilated Warrant Certificates shall be promptly canceled
by the Warrant Agent and thereafter retained by the Warrant Agent until
termination of this Agreement or resignation as Warrant Agent, or disposed of
or destroyed, at the direction of the Company.
(f) Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer thereof,
the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder of
any Warrant Certificate as the absolute owner thereof and of each Warrant
represented thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing
thereon made by anyone other than a duly authorized officer of the Company or
the Warrant Agent) for all purposes and shall not be affected by any notice
to the contrary. The Warrants which are being publicly offered in Units with
shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement will be
immediately detachable from the Common Stock and transferable separately
therefrom.
7. Loss or Mutilation. Upon receipt by the Company and the Warrant
Agent of evidence satisfactory to them of the ownership of and loss, theft,
destruction, or mutilation of any Warrant Certificate and (in case of loss,
theft, or destruction) of indemnity satisfactory to them, and (in the case of
mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation thereof, the Company shall
execute and the Warrant Agent shall (in the absence of notice to the
8
<PAGE>
Company and/or Warrant Agent that the Warrant Certificate has been acquired
by a bona fide purchaser) countersign and deliver to the Registered Holder in
lieu thereof a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor representing an equal
aggregate number of Warrants. Applicants for a substitute Warrant
Certificate shall comply with such other reasonable regulations and pay such
other reasonable charges as the Warrant Agent may prescribe.
8. Redemption.
-----------
(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph 2(e) hereof, the
Warrants are redeemable by the Company for $.05 per Warrant, on not less than
thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days written notice if the closing
bid price for the Common Stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share during any
thirty (30) consecutive trading day period ending not more than fifteen (15)
days prior to the date that the notice of redemption is mailed, and provided
there is then a current effective registration statement under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") with respect to the issuance and sale of
Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrants. Any redemption of the
Warrants during the one-year period commencing on the date of the Prospectus
shall require the written consent of Barron Chase.
(b) If the conditions set forth in Section 8(a) are met, and the
Company desires to exercise its right to redeem the Warrants, it shall mail a
notice of redemption to each of the Registered Holders of the Warrants to be
redeemed, first class, postage prepaid, not later than the thirtieth day
before the date fixed for redemption, at their last address as shall appear
on the records maintained pursuant to Section 6(b). Any notice mailed in the
manner provided herein shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given
whether or not the Registered Holder receives such notice.
(c) The notice of redemption shall specify (i) the redemption
price, (ii) the date fixed for redemption, (iii) the place where the Warrant
Certificates shall be delivered and the redemption price paid, and (iv) that
the right to exercise the Warrant shall terminate at 5:00 P.M. (New York
time) on the business day immediately preceding the date fixed for
redemption. The date fixed for the redemption of the Warrants shall be the
Redemption Date. No failure to mail such notice nor any defect
9
<PAGE>
therein or in the mailing thereof shall affect the validity of the
proceedings for such redemption except as to a Registered Holder (a) to whom
notice was not mailed or (b) whose notice was defective and then only to the
extent that the Registered Holder is prejudiced thereby. An affidavit of the
Warrant Agent or of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company
that notice of redemption has been mailed shall, in the absence of fraud, be
prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
(d) Any right to exercise a Warrant shall terminate at 5:00 P.M.
(New York time) on the business day immediately preceding the Redemption
Date. On and after the Redemption Date, Holders of the Warrants shall have
no further rights except to receive, upon surrender of the Warrant, the
Redemption Price.
(e) From and after the Redemption Date specified for, the Company
shall, at the place specified in the notice of redemption, upon presentation
and surrender to the Company by or on behalf of the Registered Holder thereof
of one or more Warrant Certificates evidencing Warrants to be redeemed,
deliver or cause to be delivered to or upon the written order of such Holder
a sum in cash equal to the redemption price of each such Warrant. From and
after the Redemption Date and upon the deposit or setting aside by the
Company of a sum sufficient to redeem all the Warrants called for redemption,
such Warrants shall expire and become void and all rights hereunder and under
the Warrant Certificates, except the right to receive payment of the
redemption price, shall cease.
(f) If the shares of the Company's Common Stock are subdivided or
combined into a greater or smaller number of shares of Common Stock, the
Target Price shall be proportionally adjusted by the ratio which the total
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such event
bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding
immediately after such event.
9. Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares of Common Stock or
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Warrants.
- ---------
(a) Subject to the exceptions referred to in Section 9(g) below, in
the event the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the date
hereof, sell any shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share less
than the Market Price of the
10
<PAGE>
Common Stock (as defined in Section 8) on the date of the sale or issue any
shares of Common Stock as a stock dividend to the holders of Common Stock, or
subdivide or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater or
lesser number of shares (any such sale, issuance, subdivision, or combination
being herein called a "Change of Shares"), then, and thereafter upon each
further Change of Shares, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to
such Change of Shares shall be changed to a price (including any applicable
fraction of a cent) determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect
immediately prior thereto by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the
sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to
the issuance of such additional shares and the number of shares of Common
Stock which the aggregate consideration received (determined as provided in
subsection 9(f) below) for the issuance of such additional shares would
purchase at such current market price per share of Common Stock, and the
denominator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately after the issuance of such additional shares. Such
adjustment shall be made successively whenever such an issuance is made.
Upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to this
Section 9, the total number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the
exercise of each Warrant shall (subject to the provisions contained in
Section 9(b) hereof) be such number of shares (calculated to the nearest
tenth) purchasable at the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such
adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the
Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment and the
denominator of which shall be the Purchase Price in effect immediately after
such adjustment.
(b) The Company may elect, upon any adjustment of the Purchase
Price hereunder, to adjust the number of Warrants outstanding, in lieu of the
adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the
exercise of each Warrant as hereinabove provided, so that each Warrant
outstanding after such adjustment shall represent the right to purchase one
share of Common Stock. Each Warrant held of record prior to such adjustment
of the number of Warrants shall become that number of Warrants (calculated to
the nearest tenth) determined by multiplying the number one by a fraction,
the numerator of which shall be the Purchase Price in effect immediately
prior to such adjustment and
11
<PAGE>
the denominator of which shall be the Purchase Price in effect immediately
after such adjustment. Upon each adjustment of the number of Warrants
pursuant to this Section 9, the Company shall, as promptly as practicable,
cause to be distributed to each Registered Holder of Warrant Certificates on
the date of such adjustment Warrant Certificates evidencing, subject to
Section 10 hereof, the number of additional Warrants to which such Holder
shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment or, at the option of the
Company, cause to be distributed to such Holder in substitution and
replacement for the Warrant Certificates held by him prior to the date of
adjustment (and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company) new
Warrant Certificates evidencing the number of Warrants to which such Holder
shall be entitled after such adjustment.
(c) In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization, or
other change of outstanding shares of Common Stock, or in case of any
consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation
(other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing
corporation and which does not result in any reclassification, capital
reorganization, or other change of outstanding shares of Common Stock), or in
case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation of the property of the
Company as, or substantially as, an entirety (other than a sale/leaseback,
mortgage, or other financing transaction), the Company shall cause effective
provision to be made so that each holder of a warrant then outstanding shall
have the right thereafter, by exercising such Warrant, to purchase the kind
and number of shares of stock or other securities or property (including
cash) receivable upon such reclassification, capital reorganization, or other
change, consolidation, merger, sale, or conveyance by a holder of the number
of shares of Common Stock that might have been purchased upon exercise of
such Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification, capital
reorganization, or other change, consolidation, merger, sale, or conveyance.
Any such provision shall include provision for adjustments that shall be as
nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in
this Section 9. The Company shall not effect any such consolidation, merger,
or sale unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the
successor (if other than the Company) resulting from such consolidation or
merger or the corporation purchasing assets or other appropriate corporation
or entity shall assume, by written instrument executed and delivered
12
<PAGE>
to the Warrant Agent, the obligation to deliver to the holder of each Warrant
such shares of stock, securities, or assets as, in accordance with the
foregoing provisions, such holders may be entitled to purchase and the other
obligations under this Agreement. The foregoing provisions shall similarly
apply to successive reclassification, capital reorganizations, and other
changes of outstanding shares of Common Stock and to successive
consolidations, mergers, sales, or conveyances.
(d) Irrespective of any adjustments or changes in the Purchase
Price or the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of
the Warrants, the Warrant Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued
shall, unless the Company shall exercise its option to issue new Warrant
Certificates pursuant to Section 2(d) hereof, continue to express the
Purchase Price per share, the number of shares purchasable thereunder, and
the Redemption Price therefor as the Purchase Price per share, and the number
of shares purchasable and the Redemption Price therefore were expressed in
the Warrant Certificates when the same were originally issued.
(e) After each adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to this
Section 9, the Company will promptly prepare a certificate signed by the
President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer
or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company setting forth: (i)
the Purchase Price as so adjusted, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock
purchasable upon exercise of each Warrant after such adjustment, and, if the
Company shall have elected to adjust the number of Warrants, the number of
Warrants to which the registered holder of each Warrant shall then be
entitled, and the adjustment in Redemption Price resulting therefrom, and
(iii) a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment. The
Company will promptly file such certificate with the Warrant Agent and cause
a brief summary thereof to be sent by ordinary first class mail to Barron
Chase and to each registered holder of Warrants at his last address as it
shall appear on the registry books of the Warrant Agent. No failure to mail
such notice nor any defect therein or in the mailing thereof shall affect the
validity thereof except as to the holder to whom the Company failed to mail
such notice, or except as to the holder whose notice was defective. The
affidavit of an officer of the Warrant Agent or the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company that such notice has been mailed shall, in
13
<PAGE>
the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
(f) For purposes of Section 9(a) and 9(b) hereof, the following
provisions (i) to (vii) shall also be applicable:
(i) The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any
given time shall include shares of Common Stock owned or held by or for the
account of the Company and the sale or issuance of such treasury shares or
the distribution of any such treasury shares shall not be considered a Change
of Shares for purposes of said sections.
(ii) No adjustment of the Purchase Price shall be made unless
such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least $.10 in
such price; provided that any adjustments which by reason of this subsection
(ii) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and shall be made
at the time of and together with the next subsequent adjustment which,
together with any adjustment(s) so carried forward, shall require an increase
or decrease of at least $.10 in the Purchase Price then in effect hereunder.
(iii) In case of (1) the sale by the Company for cash of any
rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase, or any options for the
purchase of, Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable
for Common Stock without the payment of any further consideration other than
cash, if any (such convertible or exchangeable securities being herein called
"Convertible Securities"), or (2) the issuance by the Company, without the
receipt by the Company of any consideration therefor, of any rights or
warrants to subscribe for or purchase, or any options for the purchase of,
Common Stock or Convertible Securities, in each case, if (and only if) the
consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights,
warrants, or options shall consist of cash, whether or not such rights,
warrants, or options, or the right to convert or exchange such Convertible
Securities, are immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which
Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of such rights, warrants, or
options or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities
(determined by dividing (x) the minimum aggregate consideration payable to
the Company upon the exercise of such rights, warrants, or options, plus the
14
<PAGE>
consideration received by the Company for the issuance or sale of such
rights, warrants, or options, plus, in the case of such Convertible
Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any,
other than such Convertible Securities, payable upon the conversion or
exchange thereof, by (y) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock
issuable upon the exercise of such rights, warrants, or options or upon the
conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities issuable upon the
exercise of such rights, warrants, or options) is less than the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the date of the issuance or sale of such rights,
warrants, or options, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock
issuable upon the exercise of such rights, warrants, or options or upon the
conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities (as of the date of the
issuance or sale of such rights, warrants, or options) shall be deemed to be
outstanding shares of Common Stock for purposes of Sections 9(a) and 9(b)
hereof and shall be deemed to have been sold for cash in an amount equal to
such price per share.
(iv) In case of the sale by the Company for cash of any
Convertible Securities, whether or not the right of conversion or exchange
thereunder is immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which
Common Stock is issuable upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible
Securities (determined by dividing (x) the total amount of consideration
received by the Company for the sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the
minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, other than such
Convertible Securities, payable upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by
(y) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities) is less than the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the date of the sale of such Convertible
Securities, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities (as of the
date of the sale of such Convertible Securities) shall be deemed to be
outstanding shares of Common Stock for purposes of Sections 9(a) and 9(b)
hereof and shall be deemed to have been sold for cash in an amount equal to
such price per share.
(v) In case the Company shall modify the rights of conversion,
exchange, or exercise of any of the securities referred to in subsection
(iii) above or any other securities of the Company convertible, exchangeable,
or exercisable for shares of Common
15
<PAGE>
Stock, for any reason other than an event that would require adjustment to
prevent dilution, so that the consideration per share received by the Company
after such modification is less than the market price on the date prior to
such modification, the Purchase Price to be in effect after such modification
shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately
prior to such event by a fraction, of which the numerator shall be the number
of shares of Common Stock outstanding multiplied by the market price on the
date prior to the modification plus the number of shares of Common Stock
which the aggregate consideration receivable by the Company for the
securities affected by the modification would purchase at the market price
and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding on such date plus the number of shares of Common Stock to be
issued upon conversion, exchange, or exercise of the modified securities at
the modified rate. Such adjustment shall become effective as of the date
upon which such modification shall take effect.
(vi) On the expiration of any such right, warrant, or option or
the termination of any such right to convert or exchange any such Convertible
Securities, the Purchase Price then in effect hereunder shall forthwith be
readjusted to such Purchase Price as would have obtained (a) had the
adjustments made upon the issuance or sale of such rights, warrants, options,
or Convertible Securities been made upon the basis of the issuance of only
the number of shares of Common Stock theretofore actually delivered (and the
total consideration received therefor) upon the exercise of such rights,
warrants, or options or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible
Securities and (b) had adjustments been made on the basis of the Purchase
Price as adjusted under clause (a) for all transactions (which would have
affected such adjusted Purchase Price) made after the issuance or sale of
such rights, warrants, options, or Convertible Securities.
(vii) In case of the sale for cash of any shares of Common
Stock, any Convertible Securities, any rights or warrants to subscribe for or
purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or Convertible
Securities, the consideration received by the Company therefore shall be
deemed to be the gross sales price therefor without deducting therefrom any
expense paid or incurred by the Company or any underwriting discounts
16
<PAGE>
or commissions or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection
therewith.
(g) No adjustment to the Purchase Price of the Warrants or to the
number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of each
Warrant will be made, however,
(i) upon the sale or exercise of the Warrants, including
without limitation the sale or exercise of any of the Warrants or Common
Stock comprising the Purchase Option; or
(ii) upon the sale of any shares of Common Stock in the
Company's initial public offering, including, without limitation, shares sold
upon the exercise of any over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters in
connection with such offering; or
(iii) upon the issuance or sale of Common Stock or Convertible
Securities upon the exercise of any rights or warrants to subscribe for or
purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or Convertible
Securities, whether or not such rights, warrants, or options were outstanding
on the date of the original sale of the Warrants or were thereafter issued or
sold; or
(iv) upon the issuance or sale of Common Stock upon conversion
or exchange of any Convertible Securities, whether or not any adjustment in
the Purchase Price was made or required to be made upon the issuance or sale
of such Convertible Securities and whether or not such Convertible Securities
were outstanding on the date of the original sale of the Warrants or were
thereafter issued or sold; or
(v) upon the issuance or sale of Common Stock or Convertible
Securities in a private placement unless the issuance or sale price is less
than 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of
issuance, in which case the adjustment shall only be for the difference
between 85% of the fair market value and the issue or sale price;
(vi) upon the issuance or sale of Common Stock or Convertible
Securities to shareholders of any corporation which merges and/or
consolidates into or is acquired by the Company or from which the Company
acquires assets and some or all of the
17
<PAGE>
consideration consists of equity securities of the Company, in proportion to
their stock holdings of such corporation immediately prior to the acquisition
but only if no adjustment is required pursuant to any other provision of this
Section 9;
(vii) upon the issuance or exercise of options granted to the
Company's directors, employees or consultants under a plan or plans adopted
by the Company's Board of Directors and approved by its stockholders (but
only to the extent that the aggregate number of shares excluded hereby and
issued after the date hereof shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the
Company's Common Stock at the time of issuance);
(viii) upon the issuance of Common Stock to the Company's
directors, employees or consultants under a plan or plans which are qualified
under the Internal Revenue Code; or
(ix) upon the issuance of Common Stock in a bona fide public
offering pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting.
(h) Intentionally Omitted.
(i) Any determination as to whether an adjustment in the Purchase
Price in effect hereunder is required pursuant to Section 9, or as to the
amount of any such adjustment, if required, shall be binding upon the holders
of the Warrants and the Company if made in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Company.
(j) If and whenever the Company shall grant to the holders of
Common Stock, as such, rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase, or
any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or securities convertible into
or exchangeable for or carrying a right, warrant, or option to purchase
Common Stock, the Company shall concurrently therewith grant to each
Registered Holder as of the record date for such transaction of the Warrants
then outstanding, the rights, warrants, or options to which each Registered
Holder would have been entitled if, on the record date used to determine the
stockholders entitled to the rights, warrants, or options being granted by
the Company, the Registered Holder were the holder of record of the number of
whole shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise (assuming, for
purposes of this section 9(j), that exercise of warrants is permissible
during periods prior to the Initial Warrant Exercise Date) of his
18
<PAGE>
Warrants. Such grant by the Company to the holders of the Warrants shall be
in lieu of any adjustment which otherwise might be called for pursuant to
this Section 9.
10. Fractional Warrants and Fractional Shares.
------------------------------------------
(a) If the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the
exercise of each Warrant is adjusted pursuant to Section 9 hereof, the
Company nevertheless shall not be required to issue fractions of shares, upon
exercise of the Warrants or otherwise, or to distribute certificates that
evidence fractional shares. In such event, the Company may at its option
elect to round up the number of shares to which the Holder is entitled to the
nearest whole share or to pay cash in respect of fractional shares in
accordance with the following: With respect to any fraction of a share
called for upon any exercise hereof, the Company shall pay to the Holder an
amount in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the current market value
of such fractional share, determined as follows:
(i) If the Common Stock is listed on a National Securities
Exchange or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on such exchange or
listed for trading on the NASDAQ Quotation System or the NASD Bulletin Board,
the current value shall be the last reported sale price of the Common Stock
on such exchange on the last business day prior to the date of exercise of
this Warrant or if no such sale is made on such day, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices for such day on such exchange; or
(ii) If the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to unlisted
trading privileges, the current value shall be the mean of the last reported
bid and asked prices reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. or the
NASD Bulletin Board on the last business day prior to the date of the
exercise of this Warrant; or
(iii) If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted to
unlisted trading privileges and bid and asked prices are not so reported, the
current value shall be an amount determined in such reasonable manner as may
be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Company.
11. Warrant Holders Not Deemed Stockholders. No holder of Warrants
shall, as such, be entitled to vote or to receive
19
<PAGE>
dividends or be deemed the holder of Common Stock that may at any time be
issuable upon exercise of such Warrants for any purpose whatsoever, nor shall
anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of Warrants,
as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to
vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to
stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any
corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issue or
reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par
value, consolidation, merger, or conveyance or otherwise), or to receive
notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights, until
such Holder shall have exercised such Warrants and been issued shares of
Common Stock in accordance with the provisions hereof.
12. Rights of Action. All rights of action with respect to this
Agreement are vested in the respective Registered Holders of the Warrants,
and any Registered Holder of a Warrant, without consent of the Warrant Agent
or of the holder of any other Warrant, may, in his own behalf and for his own
benefit, enforce against the Company his right to exercise his Warrants for
the purchase of shares of Common Stock in the manner provided in the Warrant
Certificate and this Agreement.
13. Agreement of Warrant Holders. Every holder of a Warrant, by his
acceptance thereof, consents and agrees with the Company, the Warrant Agent
and every other holder of a warrant that:
(a) The warrants are transferable only on the registry books of the
Warrant Agent by the Registered Holder thereof in person or by his attorney
duly authorized in writing and only if the Warrant Certificates representing
such Warrants are surrendered at the office of the Warrant Agent, duly
endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer satisfactory to
the Warrant Agent and the Company in their mutual discretion, together with
payment of any applicable transfer taxes; and
(b) The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person
in whose name the Warrant Certificate is registered as the holder and as the
absolute, true, and lawful owner of the Warrants represented thereby for all
purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by
any notice or
20
<PAGE>
knowledge to the contrary, except as otherwise expressly provided in Section
7 hereof.
14. Cancellation of Warrant Certificates. If the Company shall purchase
or acquire any Warrant or Warrants, the Warrant Certificate or Warrant
Certificates evidencing the same shall thereupon be delivered to the Warrant
Agent and canceled by it and retired. The Warrant Agent shall also cancel
Common Stock following exercise of any or all of the Warrants represented
thereby or delivered to it for transfer, split up, combination, or exchange.
15. Concerning the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent acts hereunder as
agent and in a ministerial capacity for the Company, and its duties shall be
determined solely by the provisions hereof. The Warrant Agent shall not, by
issuing and delivering Warrant Certificates or by any other act hereunder be
deemed to make any representations as to the validity, value, or
authorization of the Warrant Certificates or the Warrants represented thereby
or of any securities or other property delivered upon exercise of any Warrant
or whether any stock issued upon exercise of any Warrant is fully paid and
nonassessable.
The Warrant Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or
responsibility to any holder of Warrant Certificates to make or cause to be
made any adjustment of the Purchase Price or the Redemption Price provided in
this Agreement, or to determine whether any fact exists which may require any
such adjustments, or with respect to the nature or extent of any such
adjustment, when made, or with respect to the method employed in making the
same. It shall not (i) be liable for any recital or statement of facts
contained herein or for any action taken, suffered, or omitted by it in
reliance on any warrant Certificate or other document or instrument believed
by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the
proper party or parties, (ii) be responsible for any failure on the part of
the Company to comply with any of its covenants and obligations contained in
this Agreement or in any Warrant Certificate, or (iii) be liable for any act
or omission in connection with this Agreement except for its own negligence
or wilful misconduct.
The Warrant Agent may at any time consult with counsel satisfactory
to it (who may be counsel for the Company) and shall
21
<PAGE>
incur no liability or responsibility for any action taken, suffered or
omitted by it in good faith in accordance with the opinion or advice of such
counsel.
Any notice, statement, instruction, request, direction, order, or
demand of the Company shall be sufficiently evidenced by an instrument signed
by the President, any Vice President, its Secretary, or Assistant Secretary,
(unless other evidence in respect thereof is herein specifically prescribed).
The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or
omitted by it in accordance with such notice, statement, instruction,
request, direction, order, or demand reasonably believed by it to be genuine.
The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable compensation
for its services hereunder and to reimburse it for its reasonable expenses
hereunder; it further agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it
harmless against any and all losses, expenses, and liabilities, including
judgments, costs, and counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the
Warrant Agent in the execution of its duties and powers hereunder except
losses, expenses, and liabilities arising as a result of the Warrant Agent's
negligence or wilful misconduct.
The Warrant Agent may resign its duties and be discharged from all
further duties and liabilities hereunder (except liabilities arising as a
result of the Warrant Agent's own negligence or wilful misconduct), after
giving thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Company. At least
fifteen (15) days prior to the date such resignation is to become effective,
the Warrant Agent shall cause a copy of such notice of resignation to be
mailed to the Registered Holder of each Warrant Certificate at the Company's
expense. Upon such resignation, or any inability of the Warrant Agent to act
as such hereunder, the Company shall appoint a new warrant agent in writing.
If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of fifteen
(15) days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation by the
resigning Warrant Agent, then the Registered Holder of any Warrant
Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of
New York for the appointment of a new warrant agent. Any new warrant agent,
whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a bank or trust
company having a capital and surplus, as shown by its last published report
to its stockholders,
22
<PAGE>
of not less than $10,000,000 or a stock transfer company. After acceptance
in writing of such appointment by the new warrant agent is received by the
Company, such new warrant agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights,
duties, and responsibilities as if it had been originally named herein as the
Warrant Agent, without any further assurance, conveyance, act, or deed; but
if for any reason it shall be necessary or expedient to execute and deliver
any further assurance, conveyance, act, or deed, the same shall be done at
the expense of the Company and shall be legally and validly executed and
delivered by the resigning Warrant Agent. Not later than the effective date
of any such appointment the Company shall file notice thereof with the
resigning Warrant Agent and shall forthwith cause a copy of such notice to be
mailed to the Registered Holder of each Warrant Certificate.
Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent or any new warrant
agent may be converted or merged or any corporation resulting from any
consolidation to which the Warrant Agent or any new warrant agent shall be a
party or any corporation succeeding to the trust business of the Warrant
Agent shall be a successor warrant agent under this Agreement without any
further act, provided that such corporation is eligible for appointment as
successor to the Warrant Agent under the provisions of the preceding
paragraph. Any such successor warrant agent shall promptly cause notice of
its succession as warrant agent to be mailed to the Company and to the
Registered Holder of each Warrant Certificate.
The Warrant Agent, its subsidiaries and affiliates, and any of its
or their officers or directors, may buy and hold or sell Warrants or other
securities of the Company and otherwise deal with the Company in the same
manner and to the same extent and with like effects as though it were not the
Warrant Agent. Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from acting
in any other capacity for the Company if so authorized by the Company or for
any other legal entity.
16. Modification of Agreement. The Warrant Agent and the Company may by
supplemental agreement make any changes or corrections in this Agreement (i)
that they shall deem appropriate to cure any ambiguity or to correct any
defective or inconsistent provision or manifest mistake or error herein
contained; or (ii) that they may deem necessary or desirable and which shall
not
23
<PAGE>
adversely affect the interests of the holders of Warrant Certificates;
provided, however, that this Agreement shall not otherwise be modified,
supplemented, or altered in any respect except with the consent in writing of
the Registered Holders of Warrant Certificates representing not less than
fifty percent (50%) of the Warrants then outstanding; and provided, further,
that no change in the number or nature of the securities purchasable upon the
exercise of any Warrant, or the Purchase Price therefor, or the acceleration
of the Warrant Expiration Date, shall be made without the consent in writing
of the Registered Holder of the Warrant Certificate representing such
Warrant, other than such changes as are specifically prescribed by this
Agreement as originally executed or are made in compliance with applicable
law.
17. Notices. All notices, requests, consents, and other communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been made when
delivered or mailed first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid
as follows: if to the Registered Holder of a Warrant Certificate, at the
address of such holder as shown on the registry books maintained by the
Warrant Agent; if to the Company, 12800 Middlebrook Road, Suite 200,
Germantown, Maryland 20874, Attention: Robert Veschi, or at such other
address as may have been furnished to the Warrant Agent in writing by the
Company; and if to the Warrant Agent, at its corporate office.
18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to
principles of conflict of laws.
19. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of the Company and the Warrant Agent, and their respective
successors and assigns, and the holders from time to time of Warrant
Certificates. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to
confer upon any other person any right, remedy, or claim, in equity or at
law, or to impose upon any other person any duty, liability, or obligation.
20. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate at the close of
business on the Warrant Expiration Date of all the Warrants or such earlier
date upon which all Warrants have been exercised, except that the Warrant
Agent shall account to the Company for cash held by it and the provisions of
Section 15 hereof shall survive such termination.
24
<PAGE>
21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts,
which taken together shall constitute a single document.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the date first above written.
e-Net, Inc.
By: ______________________________
Robert A. Veschi
Its President
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
By: ______________________________
Its
Authorized Officer
25
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
[Form of Face of Warrant Certificate]
No. W Warrants
Void after ______ , 2002
STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT CERTIFICATE FOR PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK
e-Net, INC.
This certifies that For Value Received
or registered assigns (the "Registered Holder") is the owner of the number of
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants ("Warrants") specified above. Each
Warrant initially entitles the Registered Holder to purchase, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in this Certificate and the Warrant Agreement
(as hereinafter defined), one fully paid and nonassessable share of Common
Stock, $.01 par value ("Common Stock"), of e-Net, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), at any time between the Initial Warrant Exercise
Date (as herein defined) and the Expiration Date (as hereinafter defined),
upon the presentation and surrender of this Warrant Certificate with the
Subscription Form on the reverse hereof duly executed, at the corporate
office of AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY as Warrant Agent, or its
successor (the "Warrant Agent"), accompanied by payment of 5.25(the "Purchase
Price") in lawful money of the United States of America in cash or by
official bank or certified check made payable to e-Net, Inc.
This Warrant Certificate and each Warrant represented hereby are issued
pursuant to and are subject in all respects to the terms and conditions set
forth in the Warrant Agreement (the "Warrant Agreement") dated _______ ,
1997, by and between the Company and the Warrant Agent.
In the event of certain contingencies provided for in the Warrant
Agreement, the Purchase Price or the number of shares of Common Stock subject
to purchase upon the exercise of each Warrant represented hereby are subject
to modifications or adjustment.
<PAGE>
Each Warrant represented hereby is exercisable at the option of the
Registered Holder, but no fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued.
In the case of the exercise of less than all the Warrants represented hereby,
the Company shall cancel this Warrant Certificate upon the surrender hereof
and shall execute and deliver a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant
Certificates of like tenor, which the Warrant Agent shall countersign, for
the balance of such Warrants.
The term "Initial Warrant Exercise Date" shall mean ______, 1997.
The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m. (New York time on August
______, 2002, or such earlier date as the Warrants shall be redeemed. If such
date shall in the State of New York be a holiday or a day on which the banks
are authorized to close, then the Expiration Date shall mean 5:00 p.m. (New
York time) the next following day which in the State of New York is not a
holiday or a day on which banks are authorized to close.
The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any securities pursuant to
the exercise of this Warrant unless a registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to such securities is
effective. The Company has covenanted and agreed that it will file a
registration statement and will use its best efforts to cause the same to
become effective and to keep such registration statement current while any of
the Warrants are outstanding. This Warrant shall not be exercisable by a
Registered Holder in any state where such exercise would be unlawful.
This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by
the Registered Holder at the corporate office of the Warrant Agent, for a new
Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor representing an
equal aggregate number of Warrants, each of such new Warrant Certificates to
represent such number of Warrants as shall be designated by such Registered
Holder at the time of such surrender. Upon due presentment with any transfer
fee in addition to any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection
therewith, for registration of transfer of this Warrant Certificate at such
office, a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates representing an
equal aggregate number of Warrants will be issued to the transferee in
exchange therefor, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant
Agreement.
Prior to the exercise of any Warrant represented hereby, the Registered
Holder shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder of the Company,
including, without limitation, the right to vote or to
2
<PAGE>
receive dividends or other distributions, and shall not be entitled to
receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided in
the Warrant Agreement.
The Warrants are redeemable by the Company for $.05 per Warrant, on not
less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days written notice if
the closing bid price for the Common Stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share
during any thirty (30) consecutive trading day period ending not more than
fifteen (15) days prior to the date that the notice of redemption is mailed,
and provided there is then a current effective registration statement under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") with respect to the
issuance and sale of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrants. Any
redemption of the Warrants during the one-year period commencing on the date
of the Prospectus shall require the written consent of Barron Chase.
Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer hereof, the Company
and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder as the
absolute owner hereof and of each Warrant represented hereby (notwithstanding
any notations of ownership or writing hereon made by anyone other than a duly
authorized officer of the Company or the Warrant Agent) for all purposes and
shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.
This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York.
This Warrant Certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Warrant
Agent.
3
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to be
duly executed, manually or in facsimile by two of its officers thereunto duly
authorized and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon.
e-Net, Inc.
By: ______________________________
Robert A. Veschi
Its President
Date: ______________________________
[Seal]
Countersigned:
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY,
as Warrant Agent
By: ______________________________
Its
Authorized Officer
4
<PAGE>
[Form of Reverse of Warrant Certificate]
SUBSCRIPTION FORM
To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Exercise Warrants
THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTERED HOLDER hereby irrevocably elects to exercise
_____ Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and to purchase the
securities issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants, and requests that
certificates for such securities shall be issued in the name of
____________________________________________
(please insert taxpayer identification or other identifying number)
and be delivered to
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
(please print or type name and address)
and if such number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants evidenced by this
Warrant Certificate, that a new Warrant Certificate for the balance of such
Warrants be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder
at the address stated below:
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
(Address)
_________________________________
(Date)
_________________________________
(Taxpayer Identification Number)
<PAGE>
Signature Guaranteed
ASSIGNMENT
To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Assign Warrants
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto
____________________________________________
(please insert taxpayer identification or other identifying number)
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
(please print or type name and address)
of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and hereby irrevocably
constitutes and appoints _________________________________ Attorney to transfer
this Warrant Certificate on the books of the Company, with full power of
substitution in the premises.
_________________________________
(Date)
Signature Guaranteed
The signature to the assignment or the Subscription Form must correspond to the
name as written upon the face of this Warrant Certificate in every particular,
without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be
guaranteed by an eligible institution (as defined in rule 17Ad-15 under the
securities and exchange act of 1934) which may include a commercial bank or
trust company, savings association, credit union or a member firm of the
American Stock Exchange, New York Stock Exchange, Pacific Stock Exchange or
Midwest Stock Exchange.
<PAGE>
LAW OFFICES
THOMAS T. PROUSALIS, JR.
SUITE 800
1919 PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE, N.W.
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
(202) 296-9400
FEDERAL PRACTICE FACSIMILE (202) 296-9403
MARCH 11, 1997
Board of Directors
e-Net, Inc.
12800 Middlebrook Road, Suite 200
Germantown, Maryland 20874
Re: e-Net, Inc.
Form SB-2 Registration Statement, and related Prospectus,
Registration No. 333-3860
Gentlemen:
As counsel to e-Net, Inc. ("Registrant"), a Delaware corporation, in
connection with the above-referenced SB-2 Registration Statement, and related
Prospectus ("Registration Statement"), relating to the registration of
1,500,000 shares of common stock and 1,500,000 common stock purchase
warrants, I have examined the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the
Registrant, and such other materials as I have deemed relevant and material.
Based on the foregoing, and certain representations of the officers,
directors and representatives of the Registrant, it is the opinion of this
office that:
1. The Registrant has been duly organized and is validly existing and
in good standing in the State of Delaware, the jurisdiction of incorporation.
2. The aforementioned securities to be registered pursuant to the
Registration Statement have been duly and validly authorized by the requisite
corporate action in accordance with the general requirements of corporation
law.
3. When, as and if the aforementioned securities are delivered against
payment in accordance with the Registration Statement, and related Prospectus,
such securities will be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and
nonassessable in accordance with the general requirements of corporation law.
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
March 11, 1997
Page 2
I hereby consent to the use of the opinion of this office as Exhibit
5.0 to the Registration Statement, and related Prospectus, of the Registrant,
and further consent to the reference to its name in such Registration
Statement, as amended.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Thomas T. Prousalis, Jr.
Thomas T. Prousalis, Jr.
TTP:glm
cc: Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP
Bert L. Gusrae, Esq.
Grant Thornton LLP
<PAGE>
MUTUAL COOPERATION AGREEMENT
THIS MUTUAL COOPERATION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made as of the
14th day of January, 1997 (the "Effective Date"), by and among MVSI, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("MVSI"); e-Net, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("e-Net");
and all of the stockholders of e-Net (each of the stockholders being
hereinafter individually referred to as a "Stockholder" and collectively,
jointly and severally as the "Stockholders").
Recitals
--------
A. MVSI, e-Net, and the Stockholders executed that certain Acquisition
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of October 16, 1996
(the "Acquisition Agreement").
B. Due to circumstances that have arisen since the execution of the
Acquisition Agreement, each party hereto desires to (i) release the
other parties from any and all obligations under the Acquisition
Agreement, (ii) terminate the Acquisition Agreement in its entirety,
and (iii) enter into this Agreement, which sets forth the terms and
conditions under which the parties shall restructure their
relationship and conduct business in the future.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, MVSI, e-Net, and the
Stockholders hereby agree as follows:
1. Incorporation of Recitals. The Recitals set forth in this
Agreement are hereby incorporated into, and made a part of, the Agreement
among the parties hereto.
2. Termination of Acquisition Agreement. Each of the parties to this
Agreement hereby agrees to terminate the Acquisition Agreement, without any
further liability to any party, effective as of the Effective Date.
3. License for Certain e-Net Products. Subject to the attached
"Software License Agreement", e-Net hereby grants to MVSI and its
subsidiaries and other affiliates a non-transferable, fully-paid, perpetual
right and license to use the software component of the Technology, data and
apparatus commonly known as "Telecom 2000" and the "Intelli-" series of
products, together with any improvements or enhancements. MVSI is prohibited
from sublicensing the rights granted in this Section 3, other than to its
direct or indirect affiliates. e-Net hereby represents and warrants that it
has full and complete power and authority to issue the license granted
pursuant to this Section 3.
<PAGE>
4. Strategic Customer Discount. MVSI will extend to e-Net and its
direct and indirect affiliates, and e-Net will extend to MVSI and its direct
and indirect affiliates, the most favorable pricing, terms and conditions
that are granted to any customer for the purchase, license, and support
services with regard to any product or service offered by it or its
subsidiaries. The sole exception to the foregoing shall be that the pricing,
terms and conditions offered by MVSI or e-Net to the United States Federal
Government may be more favorable than that required to be offered hereunder
for purchases or licenses for end-use, resale or sublicense, but may not be
sold or assigned to any party other than the United States Federal Government
without the express written consent of the parties to this Agreement, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The pricing terms and conditions
covered hereunder include, without limitation, all forms of discount offered
either to the public generally, to qualified resellers (i.e., dealers,
distributors, OEMs, VARs, etc.), or to other strategic customers, through any
channel whatsoever without limitation, and further includes discounts in the
form or rebates, financing terms, promotions, cooperative marketing fees and
the like without limitation.
5. Provisions of Additional Funding. Upon the execution of this
Agreement by all of the parties hereto, MVSI agrees to loan to e-Net an
additional TWO HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS ($250,000.00), to be included
in the aggregate amount of MVSI's outstanding loans to e-Net, and repaid
pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Convertible Debenture (described
in Section 6 below).
6. Conversion of Promissory Note. The parties hereto agree that the
currently existing Promissory Note, dated September 6, 1996, and executed by
e-Net in favor of MVSI, shall be canceled as of the date hereof and shall be
replaced and superseded by a Convertible Debenture in the principal amount of
$1,275,080.76 (the "Convertible Debenture"), in the form of the instrument
attached hereto as Exhibit A.
7. No Admission of Liability. The parties hereto individually and
collectively acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is for the purposes
set forth in Recital B and does not constitute an admission of error or
liability by any party.
8. Mutual Releases. Each party to this Agreement and its
predecessors, successors, affiliates, heirs and assigns (hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Releasing Parties") hereby now and forever
waives, releases and forever discharges the other parties hereto, together
with their respective affiliates, directors, officers, employees,
shareholders, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns (hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Release Parties"), of and from all manner of
demands, claims, actions, debts, causes of action, suits, fees, losses and
liabilities, of any nature whatsoever, whether known or unknown, suspected or
unsuspected, accrued or yet to accrue, which the Releasing Parties or any of
them ever had, now has or can, shall, or may in the future have against the
Released Parties based upon, arising out of, relating
2
<PAGE>
to, or in connection with any transactions, agreements, or other matters
arising out of or connected with the Acquisition Agreement. It is the
intention of the Releasing Parties fully, finally and forever to release each
and all of the Released Parties from the claims released hereby. In
furtherance of such intention, this release shall remain in effect
notwithstanding the discovery by any person or entity subsequent to the
Effective Date of any presently or previously existing fact or circumstance.
9. Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a) Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be deemed to be made and
entered into under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes
shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the said
jurisdiction.
(b) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon
and shall inure to the benefit of each party's respective successors and
assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither party may assign its
obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties
hereto.
(c) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other documents
referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto contain and constitute the
entire agreement of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated
hereby and supersede all prior negotiations, commitments, agreements and
understandings among them with respect thereto.
(d) Amendment; Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may only be
amended or waived if such amendment or waiver is in writing; and, if an
amendment, executed by all parties hereto, and, if a waiver, executed by the
party that is waiving the term, condition or right.
(e) Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and
any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not
invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original instrument, and
all such counterparts together shall constitute one Agreement.
(g) Best Efforts and Further Assurances. Each of the parties to
this Agreement shall use its best efforts to effectuate the transactions
contemplated hereby and to fulfill and cause to be fulfilled the terms and
conditions under this Agreement. Each party hereto, at the reasonable request
of another party hereto, shall execute and
3
<PAGE>
deliver such other instruments and perform such other acts and things as may
be necessary or desirable for effecting completely the consummation of this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
(h) Public Announcements. The parties hereto shall cooperate with
each other in releasing information concerning this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated herein. Where practicable each of the parties shall
furnish to the others drafts of all releases prior to publication and each
party agrees to refrain from issuing any statement or communication to the
public with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior
written consent of the other parties, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld. Each party further agrees that it will refrain from issuing any
statements or comments regarding any other party hereto that would be
perceived as negative or disparaging. Nothing contained herein shall prevent
any party at any time from furnishing any information to any governmental
agency or from issuing any release where it reasonably believes it is legally
required to do so.
/AGREEMENT CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE/
4
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the udersigned parties has executed this
Agreement as of the Effective Date first above written.
ATTEST: MVSI, INC.
By: /s/ PAUL W. RICHTER By: /s/ EDWARD RATKOVICH
-------------------- ---------------------
Name: Paul W. Richter Edward Ratkovich
Title: Assistant Secretary Chairman of the Board
ATTEST: e-NET, INC.
By: /s/ DAVID W. WELLS By: /s/ ROBERT A. VESCHI
-------------------- ------------------------
Name: David W. Wells Robert A. Veschi
Title: Director, Contracts President
STOCKHOLDERS:
WITNESS:
By:
----------------------- ------------------------
Alonzo E. Short, Jr.
WITNESS:
By:
----------------------- ------------------------
Robert A. Veschi
WITNESS:
By:
----------------------- ------------------------
George Porta
5
<PAGE>
CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE
$1,275,080.76 January 10, 1997
Fairfax County, Virginia
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, e-NET, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Corporation"), promises to pay to MVSI, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its
successor or assign (the "Holder"), at 8133 Leesburg Pike, Suite 750, Vienna,
Virginia 22182, or at such other place as Holder may later designate in
writing, the principal sum of ONE MILLION TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY FIVE THOUSAND
EIGHTY AND 76/100 DOLLARS ($1,275,080.76) (the "Principal Amount"), plus
interest from the date hereof on such outstanding principal of the Principal
Amount as is from time to time outstanding, in accordance with the terms set
forth herein. The Corporation is executing this Convertible Debenture (the
"Debenture") in substitution of that certain Promissory Note, dated September
6, 1996 (the "Promissory Note"), executed by the Corporation in favor of
Holder. The rights, terms and conditions of the Promissory Note are hereby
terminated as of the date of the execution of this Debenture.
Section 1. Rate of Interest; Maturity Date. The Principal Amount due
under this Debenture shall bear interest at the rate of nine percent (9%) per
annum. Interest shall be calculated on a daily basis upon the unpaid
principal balance on the actual number of days elapsed over a base year of
360 days. The Principal Amount and all interest accrued thereon shall be due
and payable in full on the earlier to occur of (i) September 6, 1998, or (ii)
the date on which the Corporation receives proceeds of an initial public
offering of its Common Stock, or (iii) the date on which the Corporation
obtains alternate financing or funding of any kind in the aggregate amount in
excess of Three Million and 00/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00) (the "Maturity
Date"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Holder notifies the Corporation
that it does not elect to be paid on the Maturity Date, this Debenture shall
continue to bear interest, as provided above, and become a demand obligation
which shall be due and payable at any time thereafter upon sixty (60) days
prior written notice from the Holder to the Corporation.
Section 2. Conversion. Holder is entitled, at any time prior to
September 6, 2002, to convert all or any portion of the aggregate amount
owing under this Debenture into Common Stock of the Corporation (at a
conversion rate equal to the offering price per share of its initial public
offering of such Common Stock or other securities offering which raises in
excess of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00)) upon surrender of this
Debenture at the principal office of the Corporation, accompanied by written
notice in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto. Such notice shall also state
the name or names (with address or addresses) in which the certificates for
such Common Stock shall be issued to Holder or its affiliates. No fractional
shares will be issued upon any such conversion, but the Corporation shall
make adjustment therefor in cash.
(a) Reorganization, Consolidations and Mergers. In the event of (i)
any reorganization of the Corporation, or any other corporation or entity,
the stock or securities of which are at the time deliverable on the
conversion of all or a portion of this Debenture, or (ii) the merger of the
Corporation or such other corporation or entity with another corporation or
entity, or (iii) the consolidation of the Corporation or such other
<PAGE>
corporation or entity into another corporation or entity, or (iv) the
conveyance of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets to another
corporation or entity, Holder, upon the conversion of all or any portion of
the Debenture, shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the Common Stock
called for hereby, the stock or other securities or property to which Holder
would have been entitled upon the consummation of such reorganization,
merger, consolidation, or conveyance, as if Holder had converted this
Debenture immediately prior thereto; and in such case, the provisions of this
Debenture shall be applicable to the shares of stock or other securities or
property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of this Debenture.
(b) Dividends in Stock or Property, Reclassifications. If at any
time or from time to time the holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation
(or any other shares of stock or other securities at that time receivable
upon conversion of this Debenture) shall have received other additional or
less stock or other securities or property, other than cash, without
consideration therefor (whether through a dividend in stock of any class of
stock of the Corporation or any other corporation or entity, or a dividend in
any securities or property other than cash, or through a stock split,
spin-off, split-off, reclassification, combination of shares, or otherwise),
then and in each such case Holder, upon the conversion of all or any portion
of the Debenture, shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of or in addition to
the Common Stock called for hereby, the stock or other securities or property
which Holder would hold on the date of such conversion, as if from the date
hereof up to and including such date, holder had been the holder of record of
the number of shares of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion hereof and
had retained such Common Stock and all such other additional or less stock
and other securities and property receivable in respect of such Common Stock.
(c) Holder's Registration Rights. At any time after Holder has
converted all or any portion of this Debenture into shares of Common Stock of
the Corporation (the "Holder Shares"), Holder has the right to cause the
Corporation to register the Holder Shares for sale in a public offering under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Promptly
following its receipt of a written notice of Holder's intent to exercise its
registration right hereunder, the Corporation shall use its best efforts (as
further described in Section 2(e) hereof) to register the Holder Shares for
public sale under the Securities Act, except and to the extent that, the
Holder is provided with a written opinion of the managing underwriter of the
offering (if the securities will be sold through an underwritten public
offering), stating that the inclusion of the Holder Shares among the
securities to be registered in the offering would adversely affect the
marketing of the securities to be sold. Except as otherwise set forth herein,
the Corporation will not effect any other registration of its Common Stock,
whether from its own account or that of other holders, from the date of
receipt of a notice from Holder pursuant hereto until the completion of the
period of distribution of the registration contemplated thereby. If the
Holder Shares will be sold in an underwritten public offering, the
Corporation may designate the managing underwriter of such offering, subject
to Holder approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
2
<PAGE>
(d) Additional Rights of Holder With Respect to Offerings. If
Holder for any reason is unable to exercise the registration rights provided
in Section 2(c), Holder shall have the right, at any time and without the
consent of any other party, to include the Holder Shares in any offering of
the Corporation's Common Stock or other securities for sale under the
Securities Act, whether such offering is public or private. The Corporation
shall be required to provide Holder notice of its intent to register any of
its Common Stock or other securities, whether for its own account or for the
account of other security holders or both, for sale under the Securities Act
at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which the Corporation files an
initial notice, preliminary registration statement, or other document or
instrument with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") with respect to such offering. At any time after Holder
receives such notice from the Corporation, but before the Corporation makes
its initial filing with respect to the offering with the Commission, Holder
may give the Corporation notice of its intent to (i) convert all or any
portion of the amount of this Debenture into Common Stock of the Corporation
at the conversion rate set forth in this Section 2, and/or (ii) exercise its
right to include all or any portion of the Holder Shares in such offering. If
Holder decides to include the Holder Shares in such an offering, the Corporation
shall be obligated to include the Holder Shares in the registration statement
covering the offering, and any amendments thereto, and shall use its best
efforts (as further described in Section 2(e) hereof) to effect the
registration of the securities being offered.
(e) Registration Procedures and Expenses. If and whenever the
Corporation is required by the provisions of Section 2(c) or 2(d) hereof to
use its best efforts to effect the registration of the Holder Shares under
the Securities Act, the Corporation will, as expeditiously as possible:
(i) take such actions and make such filings which are
necessary to proceed with the offering of the Corporation's securities under
Form SB-2, filed with the Commission on April 19, 1996 (SEC File #333-3862),
or prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement (which, in
the case of an underwritten public offering, shall be on Form S-1 or other
form of general applicability satisfactory to the managing underwriter of the
offering with respect to such securities) and use its best efforts to cause
such registration statement to become and remain effective for the period of
the distribution contemplated thereby;
(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and
supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in
connection therewith, as may be necessary to keep such registration statement
effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with
respect to the disposition of all Holder Shares covered by such registration
statement;
(iii) furnish to Holder and to each underwriter such number of
copies of the registration statement and the prospectus included therein
(including each preliminary prospectus) as such persons may reasonably
request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the
securities, including the Holder Shares, covered by such registration
statement;
3
<PAGE>
(iv) use its best efforts to register or qualify the Holder
Shares covered by such registration statement under the securities or blue
sky laws of such jurisdictions as Holder or, in the case of an underwritten
public offering, the managing underwriter, shall reasonably request;
(v) immediately notify Holder and each underwriter, at any
time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the
Securities Act, of the happening of any event that causes the prospectus
contained in such registration statement, as then in effect, to include an
untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state any material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;
(vi) use its best efforts (if the offering is underwritten) to
furnish, at Holder's request, on the date that Holder Shares are delivered to
the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration: (a) an opinion dated
on such date of counsel representing the Corporation for the purposes of such
registration, addressed to the underwriters and to Holder, stating that such
registration statement has become effective under the Securities Act and
stating (1) that to the best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order
suspending the effectiveness thereof has been issued and no proceedings for
that purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated under the
Securities Act, (2) that the registration statement, the related prospectus,
and each amendment or supplement thereof, comply as to form in all material
respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules
and regulations of the Commission thereunder (except that such counsel need
express no opinion as to financial statements contained therein), and (3)
such other effects as may reasonably be requested by counsel for the
underwriters or by Holder or its counsel; and (b) a letter dated on such date
from the independent public accountants retained by the Corporation,
addressed to the underwriters and to Holder, stating that they are
independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and
that, in the opinion of such accountants, the financial statements of the
Corporation included in the registration statement or the prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement thereof, comply as to form in all material respects
with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act, and such
letter shall additionally cover such other financial matters (including
information as to the period ending no more than five (5) business days prior
to the date of such letter) with respect to the registration in respect of
which such letter is being given as such underwriters or Holder may
reasonably request; and
(vii) make available for inspection by Holder and any
underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration
statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by Holder or
underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents
and properties of the Corporation, and cause the Corporation's officers,
directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by
Holder and any underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with
such registration statement.
For purposes of this Section 2, the period of distribution of
Holder Shares in a firm commitment underwritten public offering shall be
deemed to extend until each
4
<PAGE>
underwriter has completed the distribution of all securities purchased by it,
and the period of distribution of Holder Shares in any other registration
shall be deemed to extend until the earlier of the sale of all Holder Shares
covered thereby or nine (9) months after the effective date thereof. In
connection with each registration hereunder, Holder will furnish to the
Corporation in writing such information with respect to itself and the
proposed distribution by it as shall be reasonably necessary in order to
assure compliance with federal and applicable state securities laws. In
connection with each registration pursuant to Section 2 hereof covering an
underwritten public offering, the Corporation agrees to enter into a written
agreement with the managing underwriter selected in the manner herein
provided in such form and containing such provisions as are customary in the
securities business for such an arrangement between major underwriters and
companies of the Corporation's size and investment stature, provided that
such agreement shall not contain any such provision applicable to the
Corporation which is inconsistent with the provisions hereof and, further,
provided, that the time and place of the closing under said agreement shall
be as mutually agreed upon between the Corporation and such managing
underwriter.
(f) Expenses. All expenses incurred by the Corporation in
complying with Section 2 hereof, including, without limitation, all
registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of
counsel and independent public accountants for the Corporation, fees of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., transfer taxes, fees of
transfer agents and registrars, costs of insurance and fees and expenses of
counsel for Holder shall be paid by the Corporation in connection with each
registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof.
Section 3. Redemption Option. The Corporation may redeem up to fifty
percent (50%) of the Principal Amount plus accrued interest thereon, if
available, at any time prior to or after the Maturity Date at a redemption
rate equal to two hundred percent (200%) of the portion of the Principal
Amount, plus accrued interest thereon, to be redeemed by the Corporation up
to and on the respective redemption date. The Corporation's redemption option,
however, shall not exceed SIX HUNDRED THIRTY-SEVEN THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED
FORTY AND 38/100 DOLLARS ($637,540.38), plus accrued interest thereon. Notice
of the Corporation's intent to redeem a portion of the Debenture must be
mailed to Holder at least thirty (30) days before the redemption date at
Holder's registered or principal address, stating the amount of the Debenture
to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to
accrue on the portion of the Debenture that has been redeemed.
Section 4. Issuance of New Debentures. In the event of a conversion or
redemption of a portion of this Debenture, a new Debenture or Debentures for
the unconverted or unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of
Holder upon the cancellation of this Debenture. Any new Debentures made by
the Corporation pursuant to this Section 4 shall contain the same terms and
conditions set forth in this Debenture, unless otherwise agreed by mutual
consent of the Corporation and Holder.
5
<PAGE>
Section 5. Late Charge. In the event that any payment or part thereof due
under this Debenture shall become overdue, the Corporation shall pay to
Holder a late charge of five percent (5%) of the amount of such payment.
Section 6. Events of Default. The following shall constitute Events of
Default hereunder:
(a) If the Corporation fails to pay any installment of principal or
interest due on this Debenture when due and payable hereunder;
(b) If the Corporation shall (i) make a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors, or (ii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a
receiver, trustee or liquidator for itself or all or a substantial part of
its assets, or (iii) be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or (iv) file a
voluntary petition in bankruptcy or file a petition or an answer seeking
reorganization or an arrangement with creditors or seeking to take advantage
of any other law (whether federal or state) relating to relief of debtors, or
admit (by answer, default or otherwise) the material allegations of a
petition filed against it in any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or
other proceeding (whether federal or state) relating to relief of debtors, or
(v) suffer or permit to continue unstayed and in effect for fifteen (15)
consecutive days any judgment, decree or order entered by a court of
competent jurisdiction which approves an involuntary petition seeking
reorganization of the Corporation or appoints, pursuant to such a petition, a
receiver, trustee or liquidator for it or all or a substantial part of its
assets, or (vi) suffer or permit to continue in force for fifteen (15)
consecutive days any lien, security interest, charge or other encumbrance
against any of its assets (except for liens, security interests, charges and
other encumbrances in favor of Holder).
Section 7. Remedies. (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default,
Holder may, in Holder's sole and absolute discretion and without notice or
demand to the Corporation, declare the entire amount of principal and
interest remaining outstanding hereunder immediately due and payable,
whereupon, the same shall forthwith become and be due and payable without any
presentment, demand or notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived
by the Corporation.
(b) If an Event of Default shall occur, the Corporation shall pay to
Holder, on demand by Holder, all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by
Holder in connection with the collection and enforcement of this Debenture,
including reasonable attorneys' fees.
Section 8. Covenants of the Corporation. The Corporation covenants and
agrees that all shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion
of this Debenture will, upon issuance, be fully paid and nonassessable and
free from all taxes and assessments with respect to the issuance thereof and
all liens and charges against such shares. The Corporation further covenants
and agrees that, during the period within which the conversion rights
represented by this Debenture may be exercised, the Corporation will at all
times have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of Common
Stock to provide for the conversion of this Debenture.
6
<PAGE>
Section 9. Corporate Obligations. No provision of this Debenture shall
alter or impair the obligation of the Corporation, which is absolute and
unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Debenture at the
times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed or to
convert this Debenture as herein provided.
Section 10. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE CORPORATION HEREBY KNOWINGLY,
VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, OR RELATED TO, THIS DEBENTURE. THE
FOREGOING WAIVER OF A TRIAL BY JURY IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR HOLDER TO
MAKE THE LOAN EVIDENCED BY THIS DEBENTURE.
Section 11. Indemnification. In the event that the Corporation attempts
to register any of the Holder Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to the
terms of this Debenture, the Corporation agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless Holder, each underwriter of Holder Shares thereunder and each other
person, if any, who controls Holder or such underwriter within the meaning of
the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint
or several, to which Holder or underwriter or a controlling person may become
subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of
or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any
material fact contained in any preliminary registration statement,
registration statement or any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus
contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or any other
document or instrument filed with the Commission in connection with the
terms of this Debenture, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will
reimburse each of Holder and such underwriter and each such controlling
person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any of them in
connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action; provided, however, that the Corporation will not be
liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim,
damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in
conformity with information furnished by Holder, such underwriter or such
controlling person in writing specifically for use in such registration
statement or prospectus.
Section 12. Miscellaneous. (a) This Debenture shall be deemed to be made
and entered into under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia and for all
purposes shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the
said jurisdiction.
(b) This Debenture shall be binding upon the Corporation and the
Corporation's successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of
Holder and Holder's successors and assigns; and each reference herein to the
Corporation or to Holder shall, except where the context shall otherwise
require, be deemed to include its respective successors and assigns.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation
7
<PAGE>
shall not have any right to assign its obligations hereunder without Holder's
prior written consent.
(c) Any failure by Holder to exercise any right or remedy hereunder
shall not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise the same or any other
right or remedy at any subsequent time, and no single or partial exercise of
any right or remedy shall preclude other or further exercise of the same or
any other right or remedy.
(d) None of the terms and provisions hereof may be waived, altered,
modified, or amended except by an agreement in writing signed by the
Corporation and Holder.
(e) Regardless of any provision contained herein, or in any document
executed in connection herewith, Holder shall never be entitled to receive,
collect or apply, as interest hereon, any amount in excess of the maximum
non-usurious rate of interest permitted under applicable federal or Virginia
law (whichever shall permit the higher lawful rate) from time to time in
effect; and in the event Holder ever receives, collects or applies, as
interest, any such excess, such amount shall be deemed a partial payment of
principal, and, if the principal hereof is paid in full, any remaining excess
shall forthwith be refunded to the Corporation.
(f) Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Debenture or any
document related hereto shall be brought in the U.S. District Court for the
Eastern District of Virginia sitting in Alexandria, Virginia, or a
Commonwealth of Virginia Circuit Court sitting in Fairfax County or the City
of Alexandria, and by execution and delivery of this Debenture, Holder hereby
accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and
unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Holder hereby
knowingly, voluntarily, irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection,
including, without limitation, any objection to the laying of venue or based
on the grounds of forum non conveniens, which it now or hereafter may have to
the bringing of an action or proceeding in such respective jurisdictions.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Debenture to be
executed by its duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above
written.
ATTEST: e-NET, INC.
By: /s/ David W. Wells By: /s/ Robert A. Ueschi
_____________________________ _____________________________
Name: David W. Wells Name: Robert A. Ueschi
Title: Director, Contracts Title: President & CEO
(Corporate Seal)
8
<PAGE>
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
Between e-Net, Inc. ("e-Net"), a Delaware corporation with principal offices
at 12800 Middlebrook Rd., Germantown, MD 20874, and MVSI, Inc. ("Licensee"),
a Delaware corporation with a principal place of business at 8133 Leesburg
Pike, Vienna, Va,
WHEREAS, e-Net is the owner of a product called T-2000 SOFTWARE, and
WHEREAS, Licensee wishes to acquire T-2000 SOFTWARE for its end use and the
end use of its affiliates,
NOW, THEREFORE, in order to establish the terms and conditions under which
this license is issued in exchange of the mutual covenants and premises
hereinbelow, the parties agree as follows:
1.0 LICENSE
1.1 License Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,
e-Net hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee accepts, a non-transferable and
non-exclusive license to use T-2000 SOFTWARE for the following purpose:
1.1.2 Internal Use. Licensee shall have the right to use T-2000 SOFTWARE for
its internal operations, subject to the limitation that T-2000 SOFTWARE shall
be retained in the locations listed in Attachment A.
1.2 Restrictions on Use. All use by Licensee of T-2000 SOFTWARE is
restricted as follows:
(a) The use of the T-2000 SOFTWARE is limited to unmodified end-use in
the locations listed in Attachment A.
(b) Licensee is strictly prohibited from reverse engineering, reverse
compilation, or reverse assembly of T-2000 SOFTWARE;
(d) Licensee is strictly prohibited from making a copy or copies of
T-2000 SOFTWARE; and
(e) Licensee is strictly prohibited from sublicensing or otherwise
transferring T-2000 SOFTWARE.
1.3 Use of Names. Licensee shall not use the trademarks or trade names of
e-Net.
1
<PAGE>
1.4 Term. This License shall be perpetual.
1.5 License and Support Fees. The license granted herein is fully paid.
Initial installation shall be supported by e-Net at no additional costs. Any
other service provided by e-Net, shall be at an additional fee in accordance
with e-Net's then current standard rates.
2.0 OWNERSHIP AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
2.1 Ownership. All rights, title and interest to T-2000 SOFTWARE shall at
all times remain the exclusive property of e-Net. All applicable copyrights,
trade secrets, patents and other intellectual property rights in T-2000
SOFTWARE shall remain the exclusive property of e-Net. No title to T-2000
SOFTWARE is transferred to Licensee. Licensee shall not remove the
copyright, trademark and proprietary rights notices of e-Net, and shall
prohibit any such removal by its officers, agents, employees, and contractors.
2.2 Proprietary Rights. Licensee acknowledges that T-2000 SOFTWARE is
proprietary and confidential and constitutes valuable trade secrets of e-Net.
Licensee agrees to safeguard T-2000 SOFTWARE with not less than the same
degree of care as is exercised in connection with Licensee's own most
proprietary and confidential materials.
All aspects of T-2000 SOFTWARE, including without limitation, programs,
methods of processing, specific design and structure of individual programs
and their interaction and unique programming techniques employed therein, if
any, shall remain the sole and exclusive property of e-Net, and shall not be
used, sold, revealed, disclosed or otherwise communicated, directly or
indirectly, by Licensee to any person, company, or institution other than as
set forth herein.
3.0 INDEMNIFICATION
3.1 Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO
THE OTHER OR TO ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE
FOR LOSS OF REVENUES, LOST PROFITS, LOST SAVINGS, OR INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY
TO THIS AGREEMENT, EXCEPT THAT LICENSEE MAY BE FOUND SO LIABLE TO E-NET FOR
ANY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO LICENSEE'S INTENTIONAL OR GROSSLY
NEGLIGENT VIOLATION OF CLAUSES 1.1 or 1.2.
3.2 Indemnification by e-Net. e-Net shall indemnify, defend and hold
Licensee harmless from any claims, damages or judgments, including all
reasonable attorney's fees, directly or indirectly resulting from any claimed
infringement or violation of any US copyright, US patent or other US
intellectual property right with respect to T-2000 SOFTWARE. e-Net shall
have no liability for any such claims or liabilities based on use
2
<PAGE>
of; (i) any version, modification or adaptation of T-2000 SOFTWARE, if such
infringement would have been avoided by the use of a then current unaltered
release of T-2000 SOFTWARE; or (ii) a combination of T-2000 SOFTWARE with any
product or data not included in T-2000 SOFTWARE when delivered to Licensee by
E-NET.
4.0 TERMINATION
4.1 Events Causing Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by e-Net
if it determines that Licensee has material breached this Agreement. Either
party may terminate this Agreement if the other party becomes insolvent or
bankrupt or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors.
4.2 Duties Upon Termination. Upon the termination or expiration of this
Agreement for any cause, Licensee shall immediately cease using and begin to
return all T-2000 SOFTWARE licensed hereunder.
5.0 COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL LAWS
5.1 Compliance With Local Laws. Licensee shall be exclusively responsible
at its own expense for compliance with all local laws relating to T-2000
SOFTWARE and the use thereof hereunder by Licensee.
6.0 GENERAL
6.1 Force Majeure. Neither party shall be liable or deemed to be in default
for any delay or failure in performance under this Agreement or interruption
of service resulting directly or indirectly by reason of fire, flood,
earthquake, explosion or other casualty, strikes or labor disputes, inability
to obtain supplies or power, war or other violence, any law, order,
proclamation, regulation, ordinance, demand or requirement of any Government
agency or any other act or condition whatsoever beyond the reasonable control
of the affected party.
6.2 Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, Fairfax County, Virginia
being the venue for all disputes, except for Federal jurisdiction disputes,
the venue for which shall be the Eastern District of Virginia.
6.3 Dispute Resolution. If either party wishes to commence litigation,
then either before or promptly after doing so, that party shall notify the
other party in writing by Federal Express or facsimile transmission of a
request for meeting. The request shall contain a description of the problem.
Within fourteen (14) days of receipt of the letter requesting the meeting,
the parties shall meet at a mutually convenient location in Fairfax
3
<PAGE>
County, Virginia. The meeting shall be attended by an executive of each e-Net
having the authority to resolve the problem. Each party may bring technical
staff or other representatives having information bearing on the problem;
however, neither party may bring an attorney or be represented in the meeting
by an executive who is an attorney unless agreed in advance in writing by the
other party.
6.4 Notice. Any notice required to be given by either party to the other
shall be deemed given ten (10) days after being deposited in the postal
system in registered or certified form with return receipt requested, postage
paid, addressed to the notified party at the address set forth above. Either
party may change the address to which notice is sent by written notice to
either party.
6.5 Assignment. A party may not assign this agreement or any portion
thereof without the approval of the other party, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
6.6 Amendment; Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may only be amended
or waived if such Amendment or waiver is in writing; and, if an amendment,
executed by all parties hereto and, if a waiver, executed by the party which
is waiving the term, condition or right.
6.7 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
6.8 Nouns and Pronouns. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns
used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine, or neuter
forms, and the singular form of names and pronouns shall include the plural
and vice-versa.
6.9 Headings. The headings of the various sections of this Agreement have
been inserted for ease of reference only and shall be deemed not to be part
of this Agreement.
MADE AND ENTERED INTO this _____________ day of ____________, 199_, by the
undersigned authorized representatives of the parties.
e-Net, Inc. MVSI, Inc.
______________________ ______________________________
(Signature) (Signature)
______________________ ______________________________
(Name and Title) (Name and Title)
4
<PAGE>
List of Attachments
Attachment A Ordered T-2000 Software and Authorized
Location(s)
5
<PAGE>
ATTACHMENT A
ORDERED T-2000 SOFTWARE AND LOCATION(S)
Customer Name and Ship-To Address(es):________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Licensed Software Delivered___________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Physical Location of Licensed Software-(must include address and room
number/location description):_________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________
6
<PAGE>
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
Between e-Net, Inc. ("e-Net"), a Delaware corporation with principal offices
at 12800 Middlebrook Rd., Germantown, MD 20874, and MVSI, Inc. ("Licensee"),
a Delaware corporation with a principal place of business at 8133 Leesburg
Pike, Vienna, Va,
WHEREAS, e-Net is the owner of a product called INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE, and
WHEREAS, Licensee wishes to acquire INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE for its end use
and the end use of its affiliates,
NOW, THEREFORE, in order to establish the terms and conditions under which
this license is issued in exchange of the mutual covenants and premises
hereinbelow, the parties agree as follows:
1.0 LICENSE
1.1 License Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,
e-Net hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee accepts, a non-transferable and
non-exclusive license to use INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE for the following
purpose:
1.1.2 Internal Use. Licensee shall have the right to use INTELLI-SERIES
SOFTWARE for its internal operations, subject to the limitation that
INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE shall be retained in the locations listed in
Attachment A.
1.2 Restrictions on Use. All use by Licensee of INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE is
restricted as follows:
(a) The use of the INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE is limited to unmodified
end-use in the locations listed in Attachment A.
(b) Licensee is strictly prohibited from reverse engineering, reverse
compilation, or reverse assembly of INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE.
(d) Licensee is strictly prohibited from making a copy or copies of
INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE; and
(e) Licensee is strictly prohibited from sublicensing or otherwise
transferring T-2000 SOFTWARE.
1.3 Use of Names. Licensee shall not use the trademarks or trade names of
e-Net.
1
<PAGE>
1.4 Term. This License shall be perpetual.
1.5 License and Support Fees. The license granted herein is fully paid.
Initial installation shall be supported by e-Net at no additional costs. Any
other service provided by e-Net, shall be at an additional fee in accordance
with e-Net's then current standard rates.
2.0 OWNERSHIP AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
2.1 Ownership. All rights, title and interest to INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE
shall at all times remain the exclusive property of e-Net. All applicable
copyrights, trade secrets, patents and other intellectual property rights in
INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE shall remain the exclusive property of e-Net. No
title to INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE is transferred to Licensee. Licensee shall
not remove the copyright, trademark and proprietary rights notices of e-Net,
and shall prohibit any such removal by its officers, agents, employees, and
contractors.
2.2 Proprietary Rights. Licensee acknowledges that INTELLI-SERIES
SOFTWARE is proprietary and confidential and constitutes valuable trade
secrets of e-Net. Licensee agrees to safeguard INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE with
not less than the same degree of care as is exercised in connection with
Licensee's own most proprietary and confidential materials.
All aspects of INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE, including without limitation,
programs, methods of processing, specific design and structure of individual
programs and their interaction and unique programming techniques employed
therein, if any, shall remain the sole and exclusive property of e-Net, and
shall not be used, sold, revealed, disclosed or otherwise communicated,
directly or indirectly, by Licensee to any person, company, or institution
other than as set forth herein.
3.0 INDEMNIFICATION
3.1 Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO
THE OTHER OR TO ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE
FOR LOSS OF REVENUES, LOST PROFITS, LOST SAVINGS, OR INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY
TO THIS AGREEMENT, EXCEPT THAT LICENSEE MAY BE FOUND SO LIABLE TO E-NET FOR
ANY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO LICENSEE'S INTENTIONAL OR GROSSLY
NEGLIGENT VIOLATION OF CLAUSES 1.1 or 1.2.
3.2 Indemnification by e-Net. e-Net shall indemnify, defend and hold
Licensee harmless from any claims, damages or judgments, including all
reasonable attorney's fees, directly or indirectly resulting from any claimed
infringement or violation of any US
2
<PAGE>
copyright, US patent or other US intellectual property right with respect to
INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE. e-Net shall have no liability for any such claims
or liabilities based on use of: (i) any version, modification or adaptation
of INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE, if such infringement would have been avoided by
the use of a then current unaltered release of INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE; or
(ii) a combination of INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE with any product or data not
included in INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE when delivered to Licensee by E-NET.
4.0 TERMINATION
4.1 Events Causing Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by
e-Net if it determines that Licensee has material breached this Agreement.
Either party may terminate this Agreement if the other party becomes
insolvent or bankrupt or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors.
4.2 Duties Upon Termination. Upon the termination or expiration of this
Agreement for any cause, Licensee shall immediately cease using and begin to
return all INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE licensed hereunder.
5.0 COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL LAWS.
5.1 Compliance With Local Laws. Licensee shall be exclusively
responsible at its own expense for compliance with all local laws relating to
INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE and the use thereof hereunder by Licensee.
6.0 GENERAL
6.1 Force Majeure. Neither party shall be liable or deemed to be in
default for any delay or failure in performance under this Agreement or
interruption of service resulting directly or indirectly by reason of fire,
flood, earthquake, explosion or other casualty, strikes or labor disputes,
inability to obtain supplies or power, war or other violence, any law, order,
proclamation, regulation, ordinance, demand or requirement of any Government
agency, or any other act or condition whatsoever beyond the reasonable
control of the affected party.
6.2 Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, Fairfax County, Virginia
being the venue for all disputes, except for Federal jurisdiction disputes,
the venue for which shall be the Eastern District of Virginia.
6.3 Dispute Resolution. If either party wishes to commence litigation,
then either before or promptly after doing so, that party shall notify the
other party in writing by
3
<PAGE>
Federal Express or facsimile transmission of a request for meeting. The
request shall contain a description of the problem. Within fourteen (14) days
of receipt of the letter requesting the meeting, the parties shall meet at a
mutually convenient location in Fairfax County, Virginia. The meeting shall
be attended by an executive of each e-Net having the authority to resolve the
problem. Each party may bring technical staff or other representatives having
information bearing on the problem; however, neither party may bring an
attorney or be represented in the meeting by an executive who is an attorney
unless agreed in advance in writing by the other party.
6.4 Notice. Any notice required to be given by either party to the other
shall be deemed given ten (10) days after being deposited in the postal
system in registered or certified form with return receipt requested, postage
paid, addressed to the notified party at the address set forth above. Either
party may change the address to which notice is sent by written notice to
either party.
6.5 Assignment. A party may not assign this agreement or any portion
thereof without the approval of the other party, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
6.6 Amendment; Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may only be amended
or waived if such amendment or waiver is in writing; and, if an amendment,
executed by all parties hereto and, if a waiver, executed by the party which
is waiving the term, condition or right.
6.7 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
6.8 Nouns and Pronouns. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns
used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine, or neuter
forms, and the singular form of names and pronouns shall include the plural
and vice-versa.
6.9 Headings. The headings of the various sections of this Agreement have
been inserted for ease of reference only and shall be deemed not to be part
of this Agreement.
MADE AND ENTERED INTO this _______ day of ___________________ , 199_, by the
undersigned authorized representatives of the parties.
e-Net, Inc. MVSI, Inc.
_____________________________ __________________________________
(Signature) (Signature)
4
<PAGE>
ATTACHMENT A
ORDERED INTELLI-SERIES SOFTWARE AND LOCATION(S)
Customer Name and Ship-To Address(es):________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Licensed Software Delivered__________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Physical Location of Licensed Software-(must include address and room
number/location description):_________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________
6
<PAGE>
PURCHASE ORDER
MARTIN MARIETTA SERVICES, INC.
A Lockheed Martin Company
______________________________________________________________________________
NUMBER: G717053J74 DATE: 12/03/96
CHANGE ORDER: 000 PAGE: 1
VENDOR ID: 057889 ENTESYSTGERM -S
SELLER: ENTERTEK SYSTEM c/o e-Net, Inc.
12800 MIDDLEBROOK ROAD
SUITE 200
FAX 301/601-8777
GERMANTOWN MD 20874
ATTN:
DAVID W. WELLS 301/601-8700
SHIP TO
LOCKHEED MARTIN SVC., INC.
5203 LEESBURG PIKE
SUITE 1500
FALLS CHURCH VA 22041
NOTIFY FRED LYSSY 703/845-8181
MAIL THREE INVOICE COPIES TO:
BILL TO
LOCKHEED MARTIN SVC., INC.
5203 LEESBURG PIKE
SUITE 1500
ATTN: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
FALLS CHURCH VA 22041
CONTRACT NO: DCA100-96-D-0049
DPAS RATING: DOA7
SHOP ORDER NO.: AS ASSIGNED
RELEASE NO.:
NOTICE
1. OUR ORDER NO. MUST APPEAR ON ALL CORRESPONDENCE, INVOICES, PACKAGES AND
SHIPPING MEMORANDA.
2. THIS ORDER EXPRESSLY LIMITS ACCEPTANCE TO THE TERMS STATED ON THE FACE AND
BACK OF THIS FORM AND ON ANY PURCHASE ORDER SUPPLEMENT ATTACHED HERETO. ANY
ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER OR NOT MATERIALLY DIFFERENT, SET FORTH
IN ANY COMMUNICATION FROM THE SELLER ARE OBJECTED TO AND ARE HEREBY
REJECTED.
3. TO AVOID DELAYS IN PAYMENT, INVOICES MUST CONTAIN ITEM DESCRIPTIONS WHICH
READ EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON THE ORDER AND MUST REFERENCE THE SAME UNIT PRICES
AND UNITS OF MEASURE.
4. IF A DPAS RATING CODE APPEARS; THIS IS A RATED ORDER FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE
USE AND YOU ARE REQUIRED TO FOLLOW ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THE DEFENSE
PRIORITIES AND ALLOCATION SYSTEM REGULATION (15 CFR PART 700)
______________________________________________________________________________
SHIP VIA: FOB:
______________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT TERMS: NET 30 TAX EXEMPT NO.:
______________________________________________________________________________
I/N QUANTITY U/M PART NO./DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE
______________________________________________________________________________
THIS IS AN INDEFINITE DELIVERY, INDEFINITE QUANTITY (ID/IQ) SUBCONTRACT
BETWEEN LOCKHEED MARTIN SERVICES, INC., HEREINAFTER KNOWN AS LOCKHEED MARTIN,
AND ENTERTEK SYSTEMS, HEREINAFTER KNOWN AS SELLER OS SUBCONTRACTOR.
THIS SUBCONTRACT IS STRUCTURED AS A BLANKET PURCHASE ORDER AGAINST WHICH
RELEASES MAY BE ISSUED. BLANKET ORDER RELEASES WILL BE ISSUED FOR PERFORMANCE
UNDER SPECIFIC PRIME CONTRACT TASK ORDERS. IN GENERAL, ONE RELEASE WILL BE
ISSUED FOR EACH PRIME CONTRACT TASK ORDER THAT SUBCONTRACTOR SUPPORTS. UNLESS
SPECIFIED OTHERWISE IN A PARTICULAR RELEASE, RELEASES WILL BE ISSUED AS FIXED
UNIT PRICE LEVEL-OF-EFFORT TERM RELEASES, WITH A COST REIMBURSABLE FEATURE TO
COVER ANY AUTHORIZED TRAVEL ON THE RELEASE.
THIS BLANKET PURCHASE ORDER IS NOT A COMMITMENT ON THE PART OF LOCKHEED
MARTIN. RATHER, COMMITMENT IS MADE THROUGH THE ISSUANCE OF RELEASES OR OTHER
CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS ISSUED AGAINST THE BLANKET ORDER. RELEASES OR OTHER
CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS ISSUED AGAINST THE BLANKET BY LOCKHEED MARTIN
PROCUREMENT WILL BE THE ONLY AUTHORIZATION FOR PERORMANCE UNDER THIS CONTRACT.
SUBCONTRACTOR WILL RECEIVE A REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL FOR EACH STATEMENT OF
______________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT PRIORITY
06-20-902(2/96)
__________________________
BUYER RELEASE DATE
<PAGE>
PURCHASE ORDER
______________________________________________________________________________
MARTIN MARIETTA SERVICES, INC.
A Lockheed Martin Company
NUMBER: G717053J74 DATE: 12/03/96
CHANGE ORDER: 000 PAGE: 2
VENDOR ID: 057889 ENTESYSTGERM -S
SELLER
ENTERTEK SYSTEM
12800 MIDDLEBROOK ROAD
SUITE 200
FAX 301/601-8777
GERMANTOWN MD 20874
ATTN:
DAVID W. WELLS 301/601-8700
SHIP TO
LOCKHEED MARTIN SVC., INC.
5203 LEESBURG PIKE
SUITE 1500
FALLS CHURCH VA 22041
NOTIFY FRED LYSSY 703/845-8181
MAIL THREE INVOICE COPIES TO:
BILL TO
LOCKHEED MARTIN SVC., INC.
5203 LEESBURG PIKE
SUITE 1500
ATTN: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
FALLS CHURCH VA
22041
CONTRACT NO: DCA100-96-D-0049
DPAS RATING: DOA7
SHOP ORDER NO.: AS ASSIGNED
RELEASE NO.:
NOTICE
1. OUR ORDER NO. MUST APPEAR ON ALL CORRESPONDENCE, INVOICES, PACKAGES AND
SHIPPING MEMORANDA.
2. THIS ORDER EXPRESSLY LIMITS ACCEPTANCE TO THE TERMS STATED ON THE FACE AND
BACK OF THIS FORM AND ON ANY PURCHASE ORDER SUPPLEMENT ATTACHED HERETO. ANY
ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER OR NOT MATERIALLY DIFFERENT, SET FORTH
IN ANY COMMUNICATION FROM THE SELLER ARE OBJECTED TO AND ARE HEREBY
REJECTED.
3. TO AVOID DELAYS IN PAYMENT, INVOICES MUST CONTAIN ITEM DESCRIPTIONS WHICH
READ EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON THE ORDER AND MUST REFERENCE THE SAME UNIT PRICES
AND UNITS OF MEASURE.
4. IF A DPAS RATING CODE APPEARS; THIS IS A RATED ORDER FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE
USE AND YOU ARE REQUIRED TO FOLLOW ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THE DEFENSE
PRIORITIES AND ALLOCATION SYSTEM REGULATION (15 CFR PART 700)
______________________________________________________________________________
SHIP VIA: FOB:
______________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT TERMS: NET 30 TAX EXEMPT NO.:
______________________________________________________________________________
I/N QUANTITY U/M PART NO./DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE
______________________________________________________________________________
WORK ISSUED UNDER THE DEIS II CONTRACT FOR WHICH LOCKHEED MARTIN ANTICIPATES
REQUIRING THE SERVICES OF SUBCONTRACTOR. EACH PROPOSAL SUBMITTED BY
SUBCONTRACTOR WILL BE EVALUATED WITH REGARD TO THE LABOR CATEGORIES, THE
LEVEL OF EFFORT AND THE TRAVEL PROPOSED, AND THE NEGOTIATED LABOR RATES.
THIS BLANKET IS ESTABLISHED AT A NOT-TO-EXCEED CEILING OF $500,000.
THIS BLANKET ORDER IS VALID FROM 03 DECEMBER 1996 THRU 01 JULY 1997.
UNLESS EXTENDED BY FORMAL CHANGE ORDER, THIS BLANKET PURCHASE ORDER WILL
AUTOMATICALLY EXPIRE WHEN EITHER THE NOT-TO-EXCEED DOLLAR CEILING HAS BEEN
REACHED OR THE VALIDITY DATE HAS EXPIRED.
PERFORMANCE UNDER RELEASES MAY INCLUDE FUTURE OPTION YEARS. LOCKHEED MARTIN
RESERVES THE SOLE RIGHT TO EXERCISE ANY SUCH FUTURE OPTIONS. SUBCONTRACTOR
SHALL HONOR NEGOTIATED FUTURE OPTION YEAR PERFORMANCE IF EXERCISED BY
LOCKHEED MARTIN. FUTURE OPTION YEAR PERFORMANCE SHALL BE EXERCISED ONLY UNDER
THE CONDITION THAT LOCKHEEED MARTIN'S CORRESPONDING OPTION HAS BEEN EXERCISED
AT THE PRIME CONTRACT LEVEL. LOCKHEED MARTIN SHALL NOTIFY SUBCONTRACTOR OF
ITS INTENT TO EXERCISE AN OPTION AS SOON AS PRACTICAL AFTER LOCKHEED
______________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT PRIORITY
06-20-902(2/96)
__________________________
BUYER RELEASE DATE
<PAGE>
PURCHASE ORDER
MARTIN MARIETTA SERVICES, INC.
A Lockheed Martin Company
NUMBER: G717053J74 DATE: 12/03/96
CHANGE ORDER: 000 PAGE: 3
VENDOR ID: 057889 ENTESYSTGERM -S
ENTERTEK SYSTEM
12800 MIDDLEBROOK ROAD
SUITE 200
FAX 301/601-8777
GERMANTOWN MD 20874
ATTN:
DAVID W. WELLS 301/601-8700
NOTICE
1. OUR ORDER NO. MUST APPEAR ON ALL CORRESPONDENCE, INVOICES, PACKAGES AND
SHIPPING MEMORANDA.
2. THIS ORDER EXPRESSLY LIMITS ACCEPTANCE TO THE TERMS STATED ON THE FACE AND
BACK OF THIS FORM AND ON ANY PURCHASE ORDER SUPPLEMENT ATTACHED HERETO. ANY
ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER OR NOT MATERIALLY DIFFERENT, SET
FORTH IN ANY COMMUNICATION FROM THE SELLER ARE OBJECTED TO AND ARE HEREBY
REJECTED.
3. TO AVOID DELAYS IN PAYMENT, INVOICES MUST CONTAIN ITEM DESCRIPTIONS WHICH
READ EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON THE ORDER AND MUST REFERENCE THE SAME UNIT PRICES
AND UNITS OF MEASURE.
4. IF A DPAS RATING CODE APPEARS; THIS IS A RATED ORDER FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE
USE AND YOU ARE REQUIRED TO FOLLOW ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THE DEFENSE
PRIORITIES AND ALLOCATION SYSTEM REGULATION (15 CFR PART 700)
LOCKHEED MARTIN
SHIP TO
LOCKHEED MARTIN SVC., INC.
5203 LEESBURG PIKE
SUITE 1500
FALLS CHURCH VA 22041
NOTIFY FRED LYSSY 703/845-8181
MAIL THREE INVOICE COPIES TO:
BILL TO
LOCKHEED MARTIN SVC., INC.
5203 LEESBURG PIKE
SUITE 1500
ATTN: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
FALLS CHURCH VA 22041
CONTRACT NO: DCA100-96-D-0049
DPAS RATING: DOA7
SHOP ORDER NO: AS ASSIGNED
RELEASE NO.:
SHIP VIA: FOB:
PAYMENT TERMS: NET 30 TAX EXEMPT NO.:
I/N QUANTITY U/M PART NO./DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE
MARTIN HAS BEEN NOTIFIED OF SAME BY GOVERNMENT. EXERCISING OF OPTIONS
SHALL BE BY FORMAL CHANGE ORDER TO THE BLANKET PURCHASE ORDER.
A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE PROVIDING PROOF OF CURRENT WORKER'S
COMPENSATION AND LIABILITY COVERAGE MUST BE ON FILE WITH LOCKHEED
MARTIN PROCUREMENT. SAID CERTIFICATE SHALL PROVIDE THAT AT LEAST
TEN (10) DAYS' NOTICE BE GIVEN TO LOCKHEED MARTIN BEFORE SUCH
INSURANCE IS TERMINATED OR CHANGED. SAID CERTIFICATE MUST BE
RECEIVED BY LOCKHEED MARTIN PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK AT
A LOCKHEED MARTIN OR GOVERNMENT SITE. SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL RESUBMIT
AS NECESSARY, UPDATED CERTIFICATES SO THAT LOCKHEED MARTIN HAS ON FILE
AT ALL TIMES A CERTIFICATE EVIDENCING CURRENT COVERAGE.
IN ADDITION TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS ON THE FACE AND BACK OF THIS
ORDER, SUPPLEMENTS A, C, D, S, AND W, ATTACHMENT 1, "CONTINUATION OF
SUBCONTRACT TERMS, "ATTACHMENT 2, "DEFINITIZED LABOR RATES,"
ATTACHMENT 3, "DEIS II CONTRACT DCA100-96-D-0049, PART II - CONTRACT
CLAUSES, SECTION I, CONTRACT CLAUSES, "ATTACHMENT 4, "PROVISIONS FOR
CONTROL AND ACCOUNTING OF PROPERTY IN THE POSSESSION OF CONTRACTORS:
DOC 300, "AND ATTACHMENT 5, "DEIS II LOCKHEED MARTIN AND SUBCONTRACTOR
OPERATIONAL AND MARKETING PROCEDURES" ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.
ALSO INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE ARE: LOCKHEED MARTIN REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
PROJECT PRIORITY
06-20-902(2/96)
BUYER RELEASE DATE
<PAGE>
PURCHASE ORDER
______________________________________________________________________________
MARTIN MARIETTA SERVICES, INC.
A Lockheed Martin Company
NUMBER: G717053J74 DATE: 12/03/96
CHANGE ORDER: 000 PAGE: 4
VENDOR ID: 057889 ENTESYSTGERM -S
ENTERTEK SYSTEM
12800 MIDDLEBROOK ROAD
SUITE 200
FAX 301/601-8777
GERMANTOWN MD 20874
ATTN:
DAVID W. WELLS 301/601-8700
SHIP TO
LOCKHEED MARTIN SVC., INC.
5203 LEESBURG PIKE
SUITE 1500
FALLS CHURCH VA 22041
NOTIFY FRED LYSSY 703/845-8181
MAIL THREE INVOICE COPIES TO:
BILL TO
LOCKHEED MARTIN SVC., INC.
5203 LEESBURG PIKE
SUITE 1500
ATTN: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
FALLS CHURCH VA 22041
CONTRACT NO: DCA100-96-D-0049
DPAS RATING: DOA7
SHOP ORDER NO.: AS ASSIGNED
RELEASE NO.:
NOTICE
1. OUR ORDER NO. MUST APPEAR ON ALL CORRESPONDENCE, INVOICES, PACKAGES AND
SHIPPING MEMORANDA.
2. THIS ORDER EXPRESSLY LIMITS ACCEPTANCE TO THE TERMS STATED ON THE FACE AND
BACK OF THIS FORM AND ON ANY PURCHASE ORDER SUPPLEMENT ATTACHED HERETO. ANY
ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER OR NOT MATERIALLY DIFFERENT, SET FORTH
IN ANY COMMUNICATION FROM THE SELLER ARE OBJECTED TO AND ARE HEREBY
REJECTED.
3. TO AVOID DELAYS IN PAYMENT, INVOICES MUST CONTAIN ITEM DESCRIPTIONS WHICH
READ EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON THE ORDER AND MUST REFERENCE THE SAME UNIT PRICES
AND UNITS OF MEASURE.
4. IF A DPAS RATING CODE APPEARS; THIS IS A RATED ORDER FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE
USE AND YOU ARE REQUIRED TO FOLLOW ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THE DEFENSE
PRIORITIES AND ALLOCATION SYSTEM REGULATION (15 CFR PART 700)
______________________________________________________________________________
SHIP VIA: FOB:
______________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT TERMS: NET 30 TAX EXEMPT NO.:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
I/N QUANTITY U/M PART NO./DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE
______________________________________________________________________________
"FINAL RFP DCA100-95-R-0099," DATED 09 MARCH 1996 WITH ALL REVISIONS THERETO.
THE CERTIFICATIONS MADE BY SUBCONTRACTOR IN SUPPLEMENTS #2, #3 AND CAW AND IN
FORM 06-00-056 ARE ALSO INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.
SUBCONTRACTOR IS REQUESTED TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF THIS
ORDER BY SIGNING, DATING, AND RETURNING A COPY TO LOCKHEED MARTIN SERVICES,
INC., ATTENTION: LORETTA BAKER, 5203 LEESBURG PIKE, SUITE 1500, FALLS
CHURCH, VIRGINIA 22041.
SIGNATURE: /s/ DAVID W. WELLS DATE: 1/3/97
_____________________________ _______
TITLE: DIRECTOR, CONTRACTS
__________________________________
e-Net, Inc.
d/b/a EnterTek Systems
______________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT PRIORITY SUBTOTAL AMOUNT 0.00
TAX AMOUNT 0.00
TOTAL AMOUNT 0.00
06-20-902(2/96)
/s/ Loretta Baker
___________________________________
BUYER RELEASE DATE
<PAGE>
LOCKHEED MARTIN SERVICES, INC.
SUBCONTRACT: G717053J74
SUBCONTRACTOR: ENTERTEK SYSTEMS
CONTINUATION OF SUBCONTRACT TERMS
1. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE--SUBCONTRACT
The period of performance for this SUBCONTRACT begins on the effective
date of the Blanket Purchase Order and continues through 1 July 1997.
If exercised, the period of performance for the option years shall be as
follows:
. Option 1: 2 July 1997 through 1 July 1998.
. Option 2: 2 July 1998 through 1 July 1999.
. Option 3: 2 July 1999 through 1 July 2000.
. Option 4: 2 July 2000 through 1 July 2001.
The period of performance for each RELEASE issued under the SUBCONTRACT
is contained in the body of the RELEASE and/or any attachments.
2. DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE
The work and services to be performed shall be subject to the require-
ments and standards contained in the following:
A. Statement of Work set forth in the indefinite delivery/indefinite
quantity Request for Proposal; SUBCONTRACTOR's proposal(s)
submitted in response thereto, as amended by the submission of any
Best and Final Offer; and in individual task order/RELEASES to be
issued later.
B. Specific data requirements will be given in each task order/RELEASE.
C. In the event of an inconsistency between the terms and conditions of
this SUBCONTRACT and any technical and/or cost proposals, the
inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following
order: the SUBCONTRACT, excluding the technical and cost proposals,
and then the technical and cost proposals.
3. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE
The work and services required under the basic SUBCONTRACT and
options, if exercised, shall be completed and delivered in accordance
with the delivery dates and at the locations specified for the individual
task order/RELEASE.
1 of 23
<PAGE>
4. PRICING
A. The total shown as the estimated not-to-exceed cost figure for
the SUBCONTRACT represents the Base Year. LOCKHEED MARTIN reserves the
right to exercise negotiated option year pricing to extend the period of
performance of this SUBCONTRACT or to modify the Base Year SUBCONTRACT
if required.
B. The fully loaded hourly labor rates by labor category for the Base
Year and Option Years are listed and attached hereto as Attachment 2.
C. It is anticipated that the rates shall apply to the majority of
the work performed under this SUBCONTRACT. However, it is recognized
that work may be required occasionally for which SUBCONTRACTOR can be
expected to incur markedly different costs than are normally incurred.
For example, work for outside the Continental United States (OCONUS) may
involve relocation of employees or hiring of new employees in a labor
market different than which was originally proposed. Those additional
costs which cannot be appropriately charged under the other direct costs
(ODC) will be examined on a case by case basis and appropriate price
arrangements will be negotiated at that time.
D. In the event a Government audit reveals any discrepancies in
SUBCONTRACTOR's rates, LOCKHEED MARTIN reserves the right to renegotiate
the affected release(s).
5. SUBCONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
A. Points of contact. LOCKHEED MARTIN has established the
following points of contact for this SUBCONTRACT:
Technical: Fred Lyssy
Contractual: Loretta Baker (Subcontract Buyer)
Patricia Walter (Subcontract Buyer)
B. Changes, additions and deletions. No change, addition or
deletion that affects the scope of this SUBCONTRACT will be
considered applicable without written authorization from one of the
above CONTRACTUAL points of contact or another member of the
LOCKHEED MARTIN procurement staff. Any unauthorized actions are
taken at the sole risk of SUBCONTRACTOR.
C. Removal of personnel. LOCKHEED MARTIN reserves the right
to request removal of an employee for cause or for any reason which
LOCKHEED MARTIN considers detrimental to the satisfactory
performance of a task order.
D. Performance records. At the discretion of LOCKHEED
MARTIN, SUBCONTRACTOR will be invited to any meeting concerning
performance reports and data related to SUBCONTRACTOR support of a
task order. LOCKHEED MARTIN will provide
2 of 23
<PAGE>
SUBCONTRACTOR with a copy of the performance report
generated by the Government Task Monitor at task completion on
the task(s) performed by SUBCONTRACTOR.
E. Task commencement. SUBCONTRACTOR is not authorized to
commence task performance prior to receipt of written authorization
from an authorized LOCKHEED MARTIN buyer.
F. Wage Determination. This SUBCONTRACT is subject to Wage
Determination Number 94-2103, REV 8, dated 8 December 1995.
LOCKHEED MARTIN has correlated DEIS II labor categories to wage
determination categories as follows: data entry clerk (23)--key
entry operator I (01131); system operator (26)--computer operator
III (03043); hardware draftsman (34)--drafter III (29063); network
draftsman (37)--drafter IV (29064); hardware installation
technician (33)--engineering technician III (29083); network
installation technician (36)--engineering technician IV (29084);
senior hardware installation technician (32)--engineering technician
IV (29084); senior network installation technician (35)--engineering
technician V (29085); administrative support and graphic specialist
(48)--word processor II (01612).
6. INVOICE SUBMITTAL AND FORMAT
Invoices may be submitted no more than once a month unless a waiver
has been granted by the LOCKHEED MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF
CONTACT. One original of SUBCONTRACTOR's monthly invoices must be
submitted to the address and addressee shown on the blanket
purchase order document.
Separate invoices must be submitted for each RELEASE and
must include the following:
A. Purchase order number, RELEASE number and task order number.
B. Labor hours and dollars for the current month, identified by
individual and labor category number and title (for example: Jean
Doe, T18, application programmer; George Brown, G03, quality
assurance manager), site location, and PRIME CONTRACT year (for
example, base year, option year 1), if the RELEASE spans multiple
years.
C. Other direct costs--travel; (only travel authorized by the
RELEASE is billable; additionally, no fee is allowed on travel if
the Prime Contract vehicle is a time and materials Task Order).
D. Supporting detail for other direct costs--travel; supporting
detail for travel should include itinerary, dates of travel, number
and category of employees traveling, purpose of travel, cost of
airfare, local mileage, car rental, meals, lodging, and
miscellaneous.
E. A unique invoice number (if your accounting system does
not already provide this, we would suggest using the RELEASE number
followed by a sequential number).
3 of 23
<PAGE>
F. For items B and C above: cumulative totals segregated by PRIME CONTRACT
year (for example, base year, option year 1) if the RELEASE spans
multiple years.
G. Total funding level, amount spent to date, funding remaining and
percentage of funding remaining.
H. FAR 52.232-7 Payments under Time-and-Materials and Labor-Hour
Contracts shall apply to any RELEASES issued as Fixed Unit Price
Level-Of-Effort RELEASES. SUBCONTRACTOR shall submit invoices for
Fixed Unit Price Level-Of-Effort RELEASES pursuant to FAR 52.232-7.
(1) SUBCONTRACTOR shall substantiate invoices subject to FAR
52.232-7 by evidence of actual payment and by individual daily
job timecards, or other substantiation required by LOCKHEED
MARTIN in accordance with requirements imposed by the GOVERNMENT
CONTRACTING OFFICER. Such substantiation must, at a minimum, be
available for inspection and may be required to be submitted
with invoices.
(2) The withholding requirement in FAR 52.232-7 (a)(2) is waived at
the PRIME CONTRACT level and is, in turn, waived for
SUBCONTRACTOR.
I. FAR 52.216-7 Allowable Cost and Payment
FAR 52.216-7 Allowable Cost and Payment shall apply to any RELEASES
issued as Cost Plus Fixed Fee RELEASES. SUBCONTRACTOR shall submit
invoices for Cost Plus Fixed Fee RELEASES pursuant to FAR 52.216-7.
(1) Within 90 days after the end of each of its fiscal years for
estimating, accumulating, and reporting task order costs,
SUBCONTRACTOR shall submit a proposed final indirect submission
pursuant to FAR 52.216-7d(2).
(2) The completion invoice is the last invoice to be submitted on a
Cost Plus Fixed Fee RELEASE. In accordance with FAR 52.216-7(h)
SUBCONTRACTOR shall submit the completion invoice following
completion of the work under the RELEASE. However, prior to
completing the completion invoice, DCAA must have
completed an audit of SUBCONTRACTOR's incurred costs relating
to the RELEASE.
7. KEY PERSONNEL
Any SUBCONTRACTOR personnel performing in labor categories designated as
"key personnel" in the personnel qualifications are considered to be
essential to the performance of the SUBCONTRACT. SUBCONTRACTOR shall notify
LOCKHEED MARTIN prior to making any changes in any such key personnel.
LOCKHEED MARTIN will, in turn, notify the GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING OFFICER.
Prior to replacing key personnel,
4 of 23
<PAGE>
SUBCONTRACTOR must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the GOVERNMENT
CONTRACTING OFFICER's REPRESENTATIVE (COR) and the GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING
OFFICER that the qualifications of prospective replacement personnel are
equal to or better than the qualifications of any personnel being replaced.
Key personnel are:
Labor Category Number Labor Category Title
- --------------------- --------------------------------------------------
2 Project manager
9 Principal systems architect
11 Principal information engineer
40 Principal business process reengineering specialist
Resumes are not required for labor categories specified below, but
SUBCONTRACTOR shall certify via their technical proposals that the proposed
personnel meet the personnel qualifications as specified in the attached
"Personnel Qualifications."
Labor Category Number Labor Category Title
- --------------------- --------------------------------------------------
23 Data entry clerk
26 System operator
30 Help desk specialist
31 Hardware specialist
32 Senior hardware installation technician
33 Hardware installation technician
34 Hardware draftsman
35 Senior network installation technician
36 Network installation technician
37 Network draftsman
43 Data standardization specialist
44 Documentation specialist
45 Technical writer/editor
48 Administrative support and graphic specialist
8. TASK ORDER PROCEDURE
A. SUBCONTRACTOR shall support LOCKHEED MARTIN in the preparation of
white papers, technical and cost proposals and oral proposals.
SUBCONTRACTOR will not be reimbursed by LOCKHEED MARTIN or the
Government for costs incurred in preparing white papers or proposals.
B. SUBCONTRACTOR shall: (1) provide support to LOCKHEED MARTIN in the
development of a technical proposal describing risks, period of
performance, security and how the task order task(s) will be performed
to include the names and resumes of individuals who will be assigned
to the task; (2) submit a cost proposal identifying labor categories
and names in accordance with negotiated labor categories and rates and
listing
5 of 23
<PAGE>
the number of hours within each labor category required for the
performance of the proposed task order task(s) that LOCKHEED
MARTIN has identified; (3) identify and provide rationale for
all non-labor cost elements required for task performance; (4)
identify any Government Furnished Equipment (GFE) and/or
Government Furnished Information (GFI) required for task
performance; and (5) document the proposal in accordance with
established guidelines in the Lockheed Martin DEIS II Task
Order Guidance manual. Regarding proposed travel, SUBCONTRACTOR
shall price out airfare (coach class only), rental car and per
diem rates by total days, number of trips, and number of
SUBCONTRACTOR employees; rates proposed shall not exceed those
limitations contained in the Joint Travel Regulations (JTR); no
fee will be allowed on travel if the PRIME CONTRACT vehicle is
a time-and-material task order. (Note: The requirements of this
paragraph are adequate for PRIME CONTRACT level time-and-material
task orders. There will be additional requirements for any PRIME
CONTRACT level cost-plus-fixed-fee task orders, such as providing
a work breakdown structure (WBS). Such requirements will be
coordinated with SUBCONTRACTOR by the LOCKHEED MARTIN CONTRACTUAL
POINT OF CONTACT as the need arises.)
C. Upon receipt of SUBCONTRACTOR's proposal, LOCKHEED MARTIN will
evaluate the proposal and, if acceptable, incorporate the relevant
information into the LOCKHEED MARTIN proposal for submission to
the GOVERNMENT; or, if the proposal is not fully acceptable as
offered, LOCKHEED MARTIN and SUBCONTRACTOR will negotiate a
settlement. SUBCONTRACTOR must submit a revised technical and/or
cost proposal, incorporating negotiated changes. Assuming a
settlement has been reached and once LOCKHEED MARTIN has
received a revised proposal, LOCKHEED MARTIN will authorize
SUBCONTRACTOR to commence task performance following receipt of
task order authorization from the GOVERNMENT. In the event issues
pertaining to the proposed task cannot be resolved to the
satisfaction of LOCKHEED MARTIN, LOCKHEED MARTIN reserves the
right to withdraw the proposed task. In such event, SUBCONTRACTOR
shall be notified in writing of the LOCKHEED MARTIN decision.
This decision shall be final and conclusive and shall not be
subject to the Disputes clause or the Contract Disputes Act.
D. In some cases LOCKHEED MARTIN may decide that it is in its interest
to have informal competition for task orders among some or all
successful subcontractors. This will normally be the case with
relatively high dollar value requirements. In those cases, in
addition to the items specified above, the subcontractors will be
advised of the basis that LOCKHEED MARTIN intends to use to evaluate
proposals. Proposals received will be evaluated and negotiations
will be held, as required. Upon authorization from the GOVERNMENT to
commence task performance, LOCKHEED MARTIN will authorize
SUBCONTRACTOR to commence work. The decision of LOCKHEED MARTIN as
to who receives award(s) shall not be subject to the Disputes clause.
E. SUBCONTRACTOR is not authorized to commence task performance
prior to receipt of written authorization from the LOCKHEED
MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF CONTRACT.
6 of 23
<PAGE>
F. Changes in task orders/RELEASES. SUBCONTRACTOR shall provide
written notification to and obtain prior consent from the
LOCKHEED MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF CONTACT prior to making
changes in labor mixes on task orders/RELEASES already issued
if the change is over 15 percent of the hours in any labor category
over what was originally proposed and/or prior to using any new
labor category (i.e., a category not originally proposed for this
task order/RELEASE) in performance of the task order/RELEASE.
SUBCONTRACTOR shall submit a revised cost proposal to show the
original amount/award, the proposed revised amount and the
difference.
9. LOCKHEED MARTIN DEIS II TASK ORDER GUIDANCE
LOCKHEED MARTIN will provide a manual describing the responsibilities of
task order leads performing under LOCKHEED MARTIN's PRIME GOVERNMENT DEIS
II CONTRACT. Procedures in the manual should be followed by SUBCONTRACTOR
personnel acting as task order lead on a specific task order.
10. TASK ORDER DELIVERABLE (FOR SUBCONTRACTOR ACTING AS TASK ORDER LEAD)
As task order lead, SUBCONTRACTOR shall be responsible for submitting the
deliverables listed in the Statement of Work for the task order.
Deliverables shall be prepared and delivered in accordance with the
Statement of Work and the instructions contained in the Lockheed Martin
DEIS II Task Order Guidance manual. These instructions include ensuring
that a copy of each deliverable is provided to the LOCKHEED MARTIN
Program Management Office.
11. INTERNAL DELIVERABLES (FOR SUBCONTRACTOR ACTING AS TASK ORDER LEAD)
A. As task order lead, SUBCONTRACTOR shall meet the reporting
requirements described below, as supplemented by the specific
instructions and formats contained in the Lockheed Martin DEIS II
Task Order Guidance manual.
B. SUBCONTRACTOR shall submit a Monthly Contract Status Report (MCSR)
to the LOCKHEED MARTIN Program Management Office (PMO). The MCSR
shall consist of cost and technical data pertaining to the task
order.
(1) MCSR cost data (labor hours and travel) shall be submitted
initially to the LOCKHEED MARTIN finance representative
assigned to the task order no later than the first (1st)
Wednesday after the end of the LOCKHEED MARTIN accounting
month. (The DEIS II Task Order Guidance manual contains a list
of these month-end dates. Additional lists will be distributed
by LOCKHEED MARTIN as appropriate.) The finance representative
shall review the cost data
7 of 23
<PAGE>
and return it to SUBCONTRACTOR. SUBCONTRACTOR shall
incorporate the reviewed cost data into the formal MCSR
submission.
(2) The MCSR, consisting of both reviewed cost data and technical
data, shall be submitted to the LOCKHEED MARTIN PMO no later
than the fifth (5th) working day after the end of the calendar
month.
12. TASK ORDER MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES (FOR SUBCONTRACTOR ACTING AS TASK
ORDER LEAD)
A. Task order management by the task order lead shall be executed in
accordance with the Lockheed Martin DEIS II Task Order Guidance
manual.
B. When functioning as task order lead, SUBCONTRACTOR shall be
responsible for managing the technical performance of the tasks
contained in the task order statement of work. When performing as
task order lead, SUBCONTRACTOR will have contact with the Task
Monitor (TM), assuming such has been designated in writing on the
authority of the CONTRACTING OFFICER with a task order award. The
responsibility of a TM is to monitor and coordinate all technical
aspects and assist in the administration of an individual task order.
CONTACT BY SUBCONTRACTOR WITH OTHER AGENCIES OF THE GOVERNMENT AND
INTERFACING WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS REQUIRED IN THE PERFORMANCE OF A
TASK ORDER IS PROHIBITED EXCEPT AT THE DIRECTION AND WITH THE
COORDINATION OF BOTH LOCKHEED MARTIN AND THE TM. All technical
coordination shall be within the scope of the task order. No oral
statements of any person whosoever will in any manner or degree modify
or otherwise affect the terms of task order. Technical coordination
shall not result in any action that: (i) constitutes an assignment of
additional work outside the task order statement of work; (ii)
constitutes a change as defined in the contract clause entitled,
"Changes" for Time and Material, Firm Fixed Price or Cost
Reimbursement contracts; (iii) causes an increase in task order price
or the time required for task order performance; (iv) changes any of
the expressed terms, conditions or specifications of the task order;
or (v) interferes with LOCKHEED MARTIN's right to perform the terms
and conditions of the PRIME CONTRACT.
C. As task order lead, SUBCONTRACTOR shall be responsible for planning
and coordinating the expenditure of all resources--labor, travel, and
other direct costs--for the task order.
(1) SUBCONTRACTOR shall ensure that weekly labor and travel
expenditures are provided to the LOCKHEED MARTIN finance
representative assigned to the task order. This reporting shall
be done by completing the worksheets attached hereto as Exhibit
1, "Summary of Expended Hours by Task Order, Weekly Labor
Summary" and Exhibit 2, "Summary of Expended Travel Dollars by
Task Order, Weekly Travel Summary". A signed copy of each form
is due to the LOCKHEED MARTIN finance representative no later
than noon on Tuesday of the following week.
8 of 23
<PAGE>
To complete "Summary of Expended Hours by Task Order, Weekly Labor
Summary," SUBCONTRACTOR must provide by individual the following:
name of individual, labor category, site location where work was
performed, name of individual's company (teammate), and PRIME
CONTRACT year.
To complete "Summary of Expended Travel Dollars by Task Order,
Weekly Travel Summary," SUBCONTRACTOR must provide charges
incurred by individual for the following categories: mileage,
airfare, care rental, meals and incidental expenses, lodging,
transportation, and miscellaneous.
(2) SUBCONTRACTOR shall ensure that travel and other direct costs
are incurred as authorized in the task order. Any deviation from
authorized task order expenditures must be coordinated through
LOCKHEED MARTIN PROCUREMENT or PROCUREMENT's designated
representative, who will obtain the approval of the PRIME CONTRACT
CONTRACTING OFFICER. This approval must be obtained prior to
incurring an obligation. In addition, if such deviations pertain
to travel on the SUBCONTRACT RELEASE, a change order to the
RELEASE must be issued before SUBCONTRACTOR is authorized to
obligate or expend funds.
13. TRAVEL
A. Official travel of SUBCONTRACTOR personnel away from their duty
station that was not identified in the negotiated task order/RELEASE
shall not be undertaken unless SUBCONTRACTOR has obtained advance,
prior approval from the LOCKHEED MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF CONTACT
in the form of a change order to the SUBCONTRACT RELEASE. This will be
done under the condition that LOCKHEED MARTIN has obtained advance,
prior written approval from the COR or Task Monitor. If travel causes
additional costs to the task order/RELEASE, SUBCONTRACTOR must obtain
the prior approval of the LOCKHEED MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF CONTACT
in the form of a change order to the SUBCONTRACT RELEASE. This will be
done under the condition that LOCKHEED MARTIN has obtained advance,
prior written approval from the CONTRACTING OFFICER.
B. SUBCONTRACTOR's request for travel shall be in writing and contain the
dates, locations, and estimated costs of the travel priced out by
airfare (coach class only), rental car and per diem rates by total
days, number of trips, and number of SUBCONTRACTOR employees. Rates
proposed shall not exceed those limitations contained in the Joint
Travel Regulations (JTR).
C. Cost associated with SUBCONTRACTOR's travel shall be in accordance
with FAR Part 31.205-46. No fee will be allowed on travel if the PRIME
CONTRACT vehicle is a time-and-material task order.
D. Note: Certain task orders require prior written approval by the COR or
Task Monitor for all non-local travel, whether originally proposed or
not. Any such additional requirements will
9 of 23
<PAGE>
be noted in the affected RELEASE. For these task orders,
SUBCONTRACTOR must request the prior approval of the LOCKHEED
MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF CONTACT, who will give such approval
once it has been given to LOCKHEED MARTIN by the COR or Task
Monitor.
14. SUBCONTRACTOR JUSTIFICATION FOR OTHER DIRECT COSTS--TRAVEL AND
MATERIAL
A. This section applies to proposals submitted by SUBCONTRACTOR
to LOCKHEED MARTIN against task order statements of work which
include proposed travel by SUBCONTRACTOR employees and/or which
SUBCONTRACTOR believes require the purchase of materials. (Only
LOCKHEED MARTIN is authorized to acquire materials for task orders
under the DEIS II PRIME CONTRACT. Materials may only be incidental
to performance. The cost of materials shall not be included in
SUBCONTRACTOR's cost.) For such proposals, SUBCONTRACTOR shall
include a detailed description and/or specifics of all proposed
travel and materials.
B. Travel. For proposed travel, if destinations are specified in
the task order statement of work, SUBCONTRACTOR shall price out
airfare (coach class only), rental car and per diem rates by
total days, number of trips, and number of SUBCONTRACTOR
employees. Rates proposed shall not exceed those limitations
contained in the Joint Travel Regulations (JTR). LOCKHEED MARTIN
will not allow fee on travel taken in support of a PRIME level
time-and-material task order. In general, this will be all task
orders.
C. Materials. SUBCONTRACTOR shall support LOCKHEED MARTIN in
complying with DFARS 239.73, "Acquisition of Automatic Data
Processing Equipment by DoD Contractors", when SUBCONTRACTOR
has identified and proposed procurement of material, by
providing LOCKHEED MARTIN with responses to DFARS 239.73 (a),
"list of existing ADPE and analysis of its use" and DFARS 293.73
(b) "list of new ADPE needed and reasons why it is needed."
When SUBCONTRACTOR proposes a specific make and model for
proposed hardware, software or other ADPE, SUBCONTRACTOR shall
provide written justification why the requirement can only be
met by a "specific make and model." SUBCONTRACTOR shall provide
the manufacturer part number(s), software version, platform and
media, and suggested source(s) of the product including phone
number whenever available.
D. Reproduction. SUBCONTRACTOR shall deliver only the minimum
amount of copies required by the GOVERNMENT to either accept
or reject a particular deliverable which is specified on the
task order/RELEASE CDRL. Additional copies shall not be rendered
by SUBCONTRACTOR, e.g., SUBCONTRACTOR may design a brochure but
shall not duplicate the brochure for further distribution.
LOCKHEED MARTIN will not reimburse SUBCONTRACTOR charges as an
ODC for copies/reproduction unless SUBCONTRACTOR has requested a
waiver from LOCKHEED MARTIN, has provided documentation to
LOCKHEED MARTIN for forwarding to the TM, and has received prior
approval from LOCKHEED MARTIN, which, in turn has received same
from the GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING OFFICER. Also see FAR Subpart 8.8.
10 of 23
<PAGE>
15. INCIDENTAL HARDWARE/SOFTWARE
A. The PRIME CONTRACT is primarily for technical support services,
however, incidental hardware or software may be justified on
individual task orders in cases where it can be demonstrated that
the hardware/software is incidental to the performance of services
to be provided in the task order. The dollar value of hardware/
software as it pertains to task orders issued against the PRIME
CONTRACT is limited to not more than $500,000 or 20% of the
estimated total cost of the task order, whichever is lower.
B. This information is provided for use by SUBCONTRACTOR when
preparing task order proposals for submittal to LOCKHEED MARTIN.
as stated elsewhere in this SUBCONTRACT, all purchases of materials
under the PRIME CONTRACT will be made by LOCKHEED MARTIN only.
16. SUBCONTRACTING
The prime CONTRACT prohibits second tier subcontracts and allows
purchase of materials only by the prime CONTRACTOR. Therefore,
SUBCONTRACTOR is not authorized to subcontract any portion of this
SUBCONTRACT. In accordance with the FAR and LOCKHEED MARTIN
procedures, consultants are considered to be subcontractors;
therefore, their use on this SUBCONTRACT is not authorized.
17. GOVERNMENT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT, INFORMATION OR SERVICES
A. It is anticipated that for some integration tasks, Government
Furnished Equipment (GFE) will be specified in the individual task
order (at the discretion of the GOVERNMENT) with specified
delivery dates. Such equipment will be returned to the GOVERNMENT
upon the conclusion of the SUBCONTRACT or as specified on
individual orders. Office automation equipment to perform office
tasks at a SUBCONTRACTOR site is considered to be SUBCONTRACTOR
supplied.
B. Government Furnished Information (GFI) relevant to the tasks to be
performed under this SUBCONTRACT will be provided to SUBCONTRACTOR
for use during the performance of the task as specified in the
task order (at the discretion of the GOVERNMENT) with specified
delivery dates. These documents will be returned to the GOVERNMENT
upon conclusion of the SUBCONTRACT or as specified on the DISA
Form 621S.
C. In the case that GFE or GFI are not provided to SUBCONTRACTOR by
the specified date, SUBCONTRACTOR will immediately notify LOCKHEED
MARTIN, who will, in turn, notify the COR and Task Monitor.
SUBCONTRACTOR will indicate impact and request direction from
LOCKHEED MARTIN.
D. SUBCONTRACTOR is responsible and liable for Government property in
their possession pursuant to FAR 52.245-1, 52.245-2, and 52.245-5,
as applicable.
11 of 23
<PAGE>
18. CONTROL AND ACCOUNTABILITY OF PROPERTY IN THE POSSESSION OF
SUBCONTRACTOR
SUBCONTRACTOR shall comply with the provisions of LOCKHEED MARTIN
Document 300, "CONTROL AND ACCOUNTABILITY OF PROPERTY IN THE POSSESSION
OF CONTRACTORS: DOC 300" (Attachment 4) for any Government Furnished
Equipment (GFE) or Contractor-Acquired Property (CAP) in SUBCONTRACTOR's
possession. (Note: all Contractor-Acquired Property will be acquired by
LOCKHEED MARTIN.)
19. NOTIFICATION UNDER A TIME-AND-MATERIAL [IAW FAR 52-232-7(c)] AND
COST-REIMBURSEMENT CONTRACT [IAW FAR 52-232-20(b)]
A. SUBCONTRACTOR shall provide notification to LOCKHEED MARTIN in
accordance with FAR 52-232-7(c), "Payments under Time-and-Materials
and Labor-Hours" for Fixed Unit Price Level-of-Effort (FFP LOE)
RELEASES. If at any time SUBCONTRACTOR has reason to believe that the
hourly rate payments and travel costs that will accrue in performing
an FFP LOE RELEASE in the next succeeding 30 days, if added to all
other payments and costs previously accrued against that RELEASE,
will exceed 85 percent of the ceiling price of the corresponding task
RELEASE, SUBCONTRACTOR shall notify the LOCKHEED MARTIN CONTRACTUAL
POINT OF CONTACT of such, giving a revised estimate of the total
price to LOCKHEED MARTIN for performing the RELEASE with supporting
reasons and documentation. If at any time during performance of an
FFP LOE RELEASE, SUBCONTRACTOR has reason to believe that the total
price to LOCKHEED MARTIN for performing the RELEASE will be
substantially greater or less than the then stated ceiling price,
SUBCONTRACTOR shall so notify the LOCKHEED MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT
OF CONTACT, giving a revised estimate of the total price for
performing the RELEASE, with supporting reasons and documentation. If
at any time during performance of an FFP LOE RELEASE, LOCKHEED MARTIN
has reason to believe that the work to be required in performing the
RELEASE will be substantially greater or less than the then stated
ceiling price, the LOCKHEED MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF CONTACT will
so advise SUBCONTRACTOR, giving the then revised estimate of the
total amount of effort to be required under the RELEASE.
B. SUBCONTRACTOR shall provide notification to LOCKHEED MARTIN in
accordance with FAR 52.232-20(b) "Limitation of Cost" for Cost Plus
Fixed Fee RELEASES.
C. All above notifications shall be accomplished only by separate
correspondence directed to the LOCKHEED MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF
CONTACT; no other form of notification will effect compliance;
e.g., mention in any type of monthly progress or status report.
12 of 23
<PAGE>
20. PROCUREMENT AUTHORITY (FIRMR 201.39.5202-3)(OCT 1990)
A. The PRIME CONTRACT acquisition is being conducted under a specific
acquisition delegation of the General Services Administration (GSA)
exclusive procurement authority for Federal Information Processing
(FIP) support services for technical and functional integration
support and related administrative services.
B. The specific GSA Delegation of Procurement Authority (DPA) is
KAA-96-0013, dated 5 February 1996.
C. The DPA directs that non-DoD agencies are authorized to utilize the
DEIS II contracts, on a non-mandatory basis, as long as the
requirement is within the DEIS II scope.
D. Although the DPA does not include hardware, software,
telecommunications, or other like FIP resources, the purchase of
hardware and software (materials) may be required incidental to
performing the services provided.
21. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION
If a Contract Security Classification Specifications, DD Form 254 is
issued by LOCKHEED MARTIN to SUBCONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR shall follow
conscientiously the security guidance provided in the DD Form 254 as
well as any other guidance that may be communicated to LOCKHEED MARTIN
by the CONTRACTING OFFICER which is, in turn, communicated to
SUBCONTRACTOR.
22. CONFERENCES
The GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING OFFICER, the LOCKHEED MARTIN CONTRACTUAL
POINT OF CONTACT, or their duly authorized representative(s), may call a
conference from time-to-time as deemed necessary to discuss any phase of
performance under the PRIME CONTRACT or SUBCONTRACT, respectively. All
discussions, problems encountered, solutions reached, and evaluations
made during any conference that SUBCONTRACTOR attends shall be
documented in the next status report for the current reporting period.
In any case, such reporting shall not, in and of itself, constitute
formal direction and/or LOCKHEED MARTIN acceptance of the topics
discussed.
23. WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION
In performing work under this SUBCONTRACT on a GOVERNMENT installation
or in a GOVERNMENT building, SUBCONTRACTOR shall:
A. Fully comply with local military installation, city, state and
federal laws, regulations and/or ordinances pertinent to performance
of the contractual services required under this SUBCONTRACT.
13 of 23
<PAGE>
B. Conform to the specific safety requirements established by this
SUBCONTRACT.
C. SUBCONTRACTOR and his/her employees shall observe all rules and
regulations issued by the installation Commanding Officer pertaining
to fire, safety, sanitation, severe weather, admission to the
installation, conduct not directly addressed in this SUBCONTRACT.
D. Take all reasonable steps and precautions to prevent accidents and
preserve the life and health of SUBCONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR and
GOVERNMENT personnel connected in any way with performance under
this SUBCONTRACT.
E. Take such additional immediate precautions as the CONTRACTING
OFFICER, COR or TM may reasonably require for safety and accident
prevention purposes.
F. Conform with all security requirements as specified in the DD Form
254, if one has been issued to SUBCONTRACTOR, and security requirements
as specified in the task order/RELEASE statement of work.
24. INTERRELATIONSHIP OF CONTRACTORS
A. The GOVERNMENT may have entered into contractual relationships
in order to provide technical support in the conduct of appropriate
studies, analyses and engineering activities separate from the work to
be performed under the PRIME CONTRACT Statement of Work, yet having
links and interfaces with them. Further, the GOVERNMENT may extend these
existing relationships or enter into new relationships. SUBCONTRACTOR
may be required to coordinate with such other CONTRACTOR(s) through
LOCKHEED MARTIN at the direction of the GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING OFFICER
REPRESENTATIVE (COR) and/or TASK MONITOR in providing suitable,
non-conflicting technical interfaces and in avoidance of duplication of
effort. By suitable tasking, such other CONTRACTOR(s) may be requested
to assist the GOVERNMENT in the technical review of SUBCONTRACTOR's
technical efforts. Information on reports provided under this Statement
of Work may, at the discretion of the GOVERNMENT, be provided to such
other CONTRACTOR(s) for the purpose of such review.
B. See also the paragraph entitled "Nondisclosure of Sensitive
and/or Proprietary Data." Nondisclosure agreements shall be signed by
SUBCONTRACTOR employees prior to any work commencing on a task
order/RELEASE. (A copy of this form is found in the paragraph entitled
"Nondisclosure of Sensitive and/or Proprietary Data.")
25. CONFLICT OF INTEREST
A. Please refer to FAR 9.5. It is understood and agreed that the
SUBCONTRACTOR, under the terms of this SUBCONTRACT, or through the
performance of the Statement of Work made a part of this SUBCONTRACT, is
neither obligated nor expected to deliver or provide
14 of 23
<PAGE>
material or perform work, which will place SUBCONTRACTOR in an
Organizational Conflict of Interest, which would serve as a basis for
excluding SUBCONTRACTOR from supplying products or services to the
Defense Information Systems Agency (DISA) or other GOVERNMENT agencies.
Further, during the course of this SUBCONTRACT, LOCKHEED MARTIN will not
knowingly unilaterally direct SUBCONTRACTOR to perform work in
contravention of the above understanding. It will be SUBCONTRACTOR's
responsibility to identify any situation in which the potential for an
Organizational Conflict of Interest exists. However, prior to the
execution of any task order or amendment thereto, if the GOVERNMENT
CONTRACTING OFFICER discerns the potential for an Organizational
Conflict of Interest insofar as the work to be performed thereunder is
understood to involve the preparation of a complete specification of
materials leading directly, predictably and without delay to a
Statement of Work which will be used in the competitive procurement of
a system, the GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING OFFICER shall notify LOCKHEED
MARTIN, who will notify SUBCONTRACTOR, and the parties shall mutually
take action to resolve any potential Organizational Conflict of
Interest.
B. This clause does not relieve SUBCONTRACTOR from following up with
other contracting offices and their contracting officers regarding
potential organizational conflicts involving those procurements.
26. NONDISCLOSURE OF SENSITIVE AND/OR PROPRIETARY DATA
SUBCONTRACTOR recognizes that in the performance of this SUBCONTRACT
it may receive or have access to certain sensitive information,
including information provided on a proprietary basis by carriers,
equipment manufacturers and other private or public entities.
SUBCONTRACTOR agrees to use and examine this information exclusively in
the performance of this SUBCONTRACT and to take necessary steps in
accordance with Government regulations to prevent disclosure of such
information to any party outside the Government or Government designated
support contractors possessing appropriate proprietary agreements, as
listed in paragraphs (A) through (D) below.
A. Indoctrination of Personnel. SUBCONTRACTOR agrees to indoctrinate
its personnel who have access as to the sensitive nature of the
information and the relationship under which SUBCONTRACTOR has
possession of or access to the information. SUBCONTRACTOR personnel
shall not engage in any other action, venture or employment wherein
sensitive information will be used for the profit of any party other
than those furnishing the information. The Nondisclosure Agreement for
Contractor Employees as shown below shall be signed by all indoctrinated
personnel and forwarded to the LOCKHEED MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF
CONTACT who will forward them to the Government TASK MONITOR for
retention, prior to work commencing. SUBCONTRACTOR shall restrict access
to sensitive/proprietary information to the minimum number of employees
necessary for SUBCONTRACT performance.
15 of 23
<PAGE>
DEFENSE INFORMATION SYSTEMS AGENCY
NONDISCLOSURE AGREEMENT FOR CONTRACTOR EMPLOYEES
I,__________________________________(print or type name), as an employee of
______________________________________________(insert name of company), a
SUBCONTRACTOR acting under SUBCONTRACT to LOCKHEED MARTIN SERVICES, INC.,
which, in turn is a CONTRACTOR acting under contract to the Defense
Information Systems Agency (DISA), Code ___________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
in administering an unclassified and/or classified system support for DEIS II
pursuant to SUBCONTRACT NUMBER_____________(insert subcontract number) and
PRIME CONTRACT number____________________________(insert prime contract number)
agree not to disclose to any individual business entity or anyone within
_________________(insert name of employee company) or outside of the company
who has not signed a nondisclosure agreement for the purposes of performing
under the above indentified SUBCONTRACT or PRIME CONTRACT: any sensitive,
proprietary or source selection information contained in or accessible
through this DTIS project. Proprietary information/data will be handled in
accordance with Government regulations.
I understand that information/data I may be aware of, or possess, as a result
of my assignment under this SUBCONTRACT may be considered sensitive or
proprietary. SUBCONTRACTOR's responsibility for proper use and protection
from unauthorized disclosure of sensitive, proprietary and source selection
information is described in Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) section
3.104-5(b). Pursuant to FAR 3.104-5, I agree not to appropriate such
information for my own use or to release or discuss such information for my
own use or to release it to or discuss it with third parties unless
specifically authorized in writing to do so, as provided above.
This agreement shall continue for a term of five (5) years from the date upon
which I last have access to the information therefrom. Upon expiration of
this agreement, I have a continuing obligation not to disclose sensitive,
proprietary, or source selection information to any person or legal entity
unless that person or legal entity is authorized by the head of the agency or
the contracting agency or the contracting officer to receive such
information. I understand violations of this agreement are subject to
administrative, civil and criminal sanctions.
THIS STATEMENT CONCERNS A MATTER WITHIN THE JURISDICTION OF AN AGENCY OF THE
UNITED STATES AND THE MAKING OF A FALSE, FICTITIOUS, OR FRAUDULENT STATEMENT
MAY RENDER THE MAKER SUBJECT TO PROSECUTION UNDER TITLE 18, UNITED STATES
CODE, SECTION 1001.
_______________________________________ _______________________________
(Signature of Subcontractor Employee) Date
_______________________________________ _______________________________
(Subcontractor) (Employee Telephone Number)
_______________________________________
(System)
16 of 23
<PAGE>
This form is also provided as Exhibit 3.
B. Signed Agreements. SUBCONTRACTOR further agrees to sign an
agreement to this effect with carriers, and other private or public
entities providing proprietary data for performance under this
SUBCONTRACT. As part of this agreement, SUBCONTRACTOR will inform all
parties of its agreement to allow certain Government-designated
contractors access to all data as described in paragraph (C) below.
One copy of each signed agreement shall be forwarded to the LOCKHEED
MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF CONTACT for forwarding to the Government
CONTRACTING OFFICER (CO). These shall be signed prior to work
commencing.
In addition SUBCONTRACTOR may be required to coordinate and exchange
directly with other contractors as designated by the Government for
information pertinent and essential to performance of task orders
issued under this SUBCONTRACT. SUBCONTRACTOR shall discuss and attempt
to resolve any problems between SUBCONTRACTOR and those contractors
designated by the Government. SUBCONTRACTOR shall notify the LOCKHEED
MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF CONTACT in writing of any disagreement(s)
which has (have) not been resolved in a timely manner. LOCKHEED MARTIN
will, in turn, notify the Government CONTRACTING OFFICER of such.
SUBCONTRACTOR shall furnish the LOCKHEED MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF
CONTACT copies of communications between SUBCONTRACTOR and associate
contractor(s) relative to SUBCONTRACT performance. LOCKHEED MARTIN
will, in turn, furnish such copies to the Government CONTRACTING
OFFICER. Further, the close interchange between subcontractors and
contractor(s) may require access to or release of proprietary data.
In such an event, SUBCONTRACTOR shall enter into agreement(s) with
the Government-designated Contractor(s) to adequately protect such
proprietary data from unauthorized use or disclosure so long as it
remains proprietary. A copy of such agreement shall be provided to
the LOCKHEED MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF CONTACT, who will, in turn,
provide such to the Government CONTRACTING OFFICER.
C. Government Designated Contractors: SUBCONTRACTOR agrees to allow
the below listed Government-designated support contractors, possessing
appropriate proprietary agreements and retained by the Government to
advise the Government on cost, schedule and technical matters pertaining
to this acquisition, access to any unlimited rights data (as defined in
DFARS 252.227-7013) acquired under the terms and conditions of this
SUBCONTRACT and to sign reciprocal nondisclosure agreements with them.
One copy of each signed agreement shall be forwarded to the LOCKHEED
MARTIN CONTRACTUAL POINT OF CONTACT for forwarding to the Government CO.
Listed designated contractors:
Modern Technology Systems, Incorporated
6801 Kenilworth Avenue, Suite 200
Riverdale, MD 20737
17 of 23
<PAGE>
CTC Associates, Inc.
2301 South Jefferson Davis Hwy
Suite 1019
Arlington, VA 22202
It should be noted that the DISA NCRCO is presently conducting a
competitive solicitation which will succeed the contract with Modern
Technology Systems Inc. Upon award of successor contract, the
Government will release the name of the new contractor.
All Government-designated contractors stated herein or added at a
future date shall also enter into nondisclosure agreements with all
parties providing proprietary information to SUBCONTRACTOR and the
nondisclosure agreements shall be signed before work commences.
D. Remedy for Breach. SUBCONTRACTOR agrees that any breach or violation
of the certifications or restrictions of this clause shall
constitute a material and substantial breach of the terms,
conditions and provisions of the SUBCONTRACT and that LOCKHEED
MARTIN may, in addition to any other remedy available, terminate
this SUBCONTRACT for default in accordance with the provisions of
FAR 52.249-6. Nothing in this clause or SUBCONTRACT shall be construed
to mean that LOCKHEED MARTIN or the Government shall be liable to the
owners of proprietary information in any way for the unauthorized
release or use of proprietary information by any contractor or its
subcontractors.
27. CORPORATE CHANGES
SUBCONTRACTOR shall provide the DITCO CONTRACTING OFFICER copies of all
correspondence relating to corporate status and major corporate revisions
such as buy-outs, sale or dissolution, and changes in personnel policy
that affect this SUBCONTRACT. Potential buyout scenarios, actual buyouts,
sales and dissolutions shall be disclosed in writing to the DITCO
Contracting office as soon as possible.
28. INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Inspection and acceptance will be destination(s).
B. Final inspection and acceptance of all work performance, reports, and
other deliverables under this SUBCONTRACT shall be performed at place of
delivery as designated by the task order, by the designated LOCKHEED
MARTIN or prime customer representative, or their designated
representative.
18 of 23
<PAGE>
29. BASIS FOR ACCEPTANCE
A. The basis for acceptance shall be compliance with the
requirements set forth in the Statement of Work for the SUBCONTRACT
and the RELEASE and other terms and conditions of the SUBCONTRACT.
Deliverable items rejected under the resulting RELEASE/task order
shall be corrected in accordance with the applicable clauses.
B. The Government requires a period not to exceed thirty (30)
days after receipt of the final deliverable item(s) for inspection
and acceptance or rejection unless otherwise specified in the
individual RELEASE. SUBCONTRACTOR shall coordinate with LOCKHEED
MARTIN to ensure that this schedule is met.
C. DD Form 1423 Data Inspection and Acceptance (IAW FAR
46.401(b) and 46.503). The inspection and acceptance for data items
will be shown on the DD Form 1423, entitled "Contract Data
Requirements List" (CDRLs), and the DD Form 1664, entitled, "Data
Item Descriptions" (DIDs), to be issued with each task order award
at the PRIME CONTRACT level. SUBCONTRACTOR will support LOCKHEED
MARTIN, as determined by the task order lead, in complying with
inspection and acceptance requirements.
30. PACKAGING AND MARKING
A. Packaging and marking of all deliverables shall be in
accordance with the best commercial practice necessary to ensure
safe and timely delivery at destination in accordance with the
applicable security requirements.
B. All data and correspondence prepared by SUBCONTRACTOR for
submittal by LOCKHEED MARTIN to the CONTRACTING OFFICER (CO), the
CONTRACTING OFFICER'S REPRESENTATIVE (COR) and the TASK MONITOR
(TM) shall reference:
1. the contract number
2. the task order number
3. the statement of work (SOW) number
4. and the names of the CO and/or CS, COR and TM.
C. When preparing correspondence for submittal to either the
CONTRACTING OFFICER'S REPRESENTATIVE (COR) or the TASK MONITOR
(TM), SUBCONTRACTOR shall also prepare a copy for the CONTRACTING
OFFICER or the CONTRACT SPECIALIST and LOCKHEED MARTIN
31. OVERSEAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT FOR OCONUS WORK OCCURRING IN GERMANY AND ITALY
A. In accordance with DFARS 225.802-70, authorization for
obtaining logistic support and privileges in Germany and Italy for
DoD contractor personnel and their family members require a
"Technical Expert" designation.
19 of 23
<PAGE>
B. Technical Expert refers to a person with a high degree of
skill or knowledge in the systematic procedure by which a complex
or scientific task is accomplished, as distinguished from routine
mental, manual or physical processes. The skills and knowledge must
have been acquired through a process of higher education or through
a long period of specialized training and experience.
C. Logistic support may include, but not is not limited to,
commissary services, military exchange (AAFES) facilities, class IV
facilities, customs exemption, legal assistance, local government
transportation for official Government business, local
morale/welfare recreation services, military banking facilities,
military postal service, mortuary service, officer of NCO/EM clubs,
privately-owned vehicle registration for USAREUR, purchase of
petroleum and oil (POL) products, transient billets, and messing
facilities at remote sites only (reimbursable).
D. For work performed in Germany "Certification of Employee
Technical Expert Status" and "Individual Logistic Support
Questionnaire" must be completed and submitted with the Government
Statement of Work, thereby allowing SUBCONTRACTOR to complete the
questionnaire and submit with his/her proposal.
32. RELEASE OF NEWS INFORMATION
No news release (including photographs and films, public
announcements, denial or confirmation of same) on any part of the
subject matter of this SUBCONTRACT or any phase of any program
hereunder shall be made without the prior written approval, which
shall have been previously obtained by LOCKHEED MARTIN, of the
Contracting Officer and DISA Public Affairs Office (Code PAO), and
if Congressionally related, DISA's Congressional Affairs Office
(Code CA). See also Section I of the Prime Contract, DFARS clause
252.204-7000 "Disclosure of Information" and item 12 of the DD
Form 254.
20 of 23
<PAGE>
33. CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (JUN 1988)(FAR 52.252-2)
This SUBCONTRACT incorporates one or more of the following clauses by
reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full
text.
FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES
Clause No. Title Date
---------- ---------------------------------------- ---------
52.203-11 Certification and Disclosure Regarding APR 1991
Payments to Influence Certain Federal
Transactions (IAW FAR 3.808)
52.209-7 Organizational Conflicts of Interest NOV 1991
Certificate--Marketing Consultants
(IAW FAR 9.507-1(b))
For the purposes of this provision the
blank(s) are completed as follows:
(c)(5) twelve (12) months.
52.211-6 Listing of Other Than New Material, MAY 1995
Residual Inventory, and Former
Government Surplus Property
(IAW FAR 11.302(b))
52.211-17 Delivery or Excess Quantities SEP 1989
52.222-21 Certification of NonSegregated Facilities APR 1984
(IAW FAR 22.810(a)(1) & 52.222-26)
52.223-5 Certification Regarding a Drug-Free JUL 1995
Workplace (IAW FAR 23.505)52.242-15
Stop Work Order, w/Alternate I AUG 1989
52.242-17 Government Delay of Work APR 1984
52.246-2 Inspection of Supplies--Fixed Price JUL 1985
52.246-3 Inspection of Supplies--Cost Reimbursement APR 1984
52.246-4 Inspection of Services--Fixed-Price FEB 1992
52.246-5 Inspection of Services--Cost Reimbursement APR 1984
52.246-6 Inspection Time-and-Material and Labor Hour JAN 1986
52.246-8 Inspection of Research and Development- APR 1984
cost Reimbursement
52.246-16 Responsibility for Supplies (Fixed-Price) APR 1984
52.247-34 F.O.B. Destination NOV 1991
52.247-54 Diversion of Shipment under F.O.B. Destination
Contracts MAR 1989
21 of 23
<PAGE>
CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE--continued
Clause No. Title Date
---------- ---------------------------------------- ---------
DFARS:
252.225.7031 Secondary Arab Boycott of Israel JUN 1992
(IAW DFARS 225.770-5)
252.227-7028 Requirement for Technical Data Representation JUN 1995
(IAW 227.403-70(a)(5)(ii))
252.239.73 Acquisition of Automatic Data Processing Equipment by DoD
Contractors
See document titled "PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES, SECTION I, CONTRACT
CLAUSES" for additional clauses. (This document is Section I of PRIME
Contract DCA100-96-D-0049, DEIS II.)
Regarding FAR and DFARS clauses: where necessary to make the context of
these clauses applicable to this SUBCONTRACT, the term "Contractor"
shall mean "SUBCONTRACTOR" or "Seller," and "CONTRACTING OFFICER" and
equivalent phrases shall mean LOCKHEED MARTIN.
22 of 23
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
As used throughout this SUBCONTRACT, the following terms shall have the
meanings set forth below:
1. The Subcontract - The executed contractual agreement between Buyer
and Seller listing supplies/services to be furnished and the considera-
tion therefor. The Subcontract includes the blanket purchase order,
the releases issued against it and all attachments to the blanket
purchase order or releases.
2. Subcontract - The terms "subcontract", "blanket purchase order",
"purchase order," "order" and "agreement" are interchangeable and
include any amendments or change orders.
3. Buyer or Contractor - The party purchasing the supplies/services.
4. Seller, Supplier or Subcontractor - The party that has entered into
this Subcontract with the Buyer.
5. Government - The United States of America or any department or agency
thereof.
6. Head of Agency or Secretary - The Secretary, Under Secretary,
Assistant Secretary, or any other head or assistant head of an
executive or military department or other federal agency of the
Government of the United States of America. The term "his duly
authorized representative" means any person or persons or board (other
than the CONTRACTING OFFICER) authorized to act for the Head of the
Agency or the Secretary.
7. Procuring Agency - The department of the Government having cognizance
of the prime contract.
8. Contracting Officer - The person having cognizance on behalf of the
Government of the Prime Contract and any other officer or civilian
employee of the Government who is properly designated as the
Contracting Officer of the procuring agency. The term includes, except
as otherwise provided in this Subcontract, any authorized
representative of such Contracting Officer acting within the limits of
his authority.
9. FAR - The Federal Acquisition Regulation in effect on the date of this
subcontract.
10. DFARS - The Department of Defense FAR Supplement in effect on the
date of this subcontract.
11. Provision - Any part of this Subcontract or attachment thereto
including, but not limited to, any referenced or incorporated agreement,
specification, documentation or data, or any clause(s) or part(s) or
combination(s) thereof.
12. Buyer's Subcontract Representative - Such employee(s) of the Buyer, as
the Seller has received notice from the Buyer, as having authority to
act for and in behalf of the Buyer.
13. Lockheed Martin Corporation (LMC), Lockheed Martin (LM), Lockheed
Martin Services, Inc., or Lockheed Martin Services may be used inter-
changeably and all refer to the Buyer or Contractor.
23 of 23
<PAGE>
LOCKHEED MARTIN SERVICES, INC.
SUBCONTRACT: G717053J74
SUBCONTRACTOR: ENTERTEK SYSTEMS
DEFINITIZED LABOR RATES
The fully loaded hourly labor rates by labor category negotiated and
definitized for this SUBCONTRACT, consisting of rates for the base period and
option years 1 through 4, follow this cover page.
<PAGE>
LOCKHEED MARTIN SERVICES, INC.
SUBCONTRACT.
SUBCONTRACTOR: EnterTek, Inc.
G/T= US Government Site or Tenant Site (Lockheed Martin Site)
2.2% Escalation applied on the billable rate for Option Years
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Labor BASE OPTION 1 OPTION 2 OPTION 3 OPTION0N 4
Cat. No. Labor Category G/T G/T G/T G/T G/T
- -------- ------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- -------- --------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
2 Project Manager $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
3 Quality Assurance Manager $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
4 Quality Assurance Analyst $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
5 Project Control Specialist $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
6 Program Administration Specialist $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
7 Senior Functional Analyst $53.39 $54.56 $55.76 $56.99 $58.24
8 Functional Analyst $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
9 Principal Systems Architect $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
10 Senior Systems Architect $51.80 $52.94 $54.10 $55.29 $56.51
11 Principal Information Engineer $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
12 Senior Information Engineer $51.80 $52.94 $54.10 $55.29 $56.51
13 Senior Computer Systems Analyst $37.18 $38.00 $38.84 $39.69 $40.56
14 Computer Systems Analyst $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
15 Junior Computer Systems Analyst $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
16 Senior Application Engineer $49.79 $50.89 $52.01 $53.15 $54.32
17 Applications Engineer $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
18 Application Programmer $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
19 Junior Application Programmer $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
20 Student Application Programmer $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
21 Senior Data Base Management Specialist $37.99 $38.83 $39.68 $40.55 $41.44
22 Data Base Management Specialist $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
23 Data Entry Clerk $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
24 Operations Manager $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
25 System Administrator $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
26 System Operator $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
27 Senior Training Specialist $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
28 Training Specialist $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
29 Help Desk Manager $32.16 $32.87 $33.59 $34.33 $35.09
30 Help Desk Specialist $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
31 Hardware Specialist $31.13 $31.81 $32.51 $33.23 $33.96
32 Senior Hardware Install Technician $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
33 Hardware Install Technician $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
34 Hardware Draftsman $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
35 Senior Network Installation Technician $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
36 Network Installation Technician $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
37 Network Draftsman $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
38 Communications Network Manager $42.04 $42.96 $43.91 $44.88 $45.87
39 Communications Specialist $25.90 $26.47 $27.05 $27.65 $28.26
40 Principal Business Process Reeng. Spec. $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
41 Sr Business Process Reeng. Specialist $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
42 Cost Analyst $0.00 $34.76 $35.52 $36.30 $37.10
43 Data Standardization Specialist $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
44 Documentation Specialist $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
45 Technical Writer/Editor $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
46 Sr Computer Security Systems Specialist $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
47 Computer Security Systems Specialist $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
48 Graphic Specialist $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
49 Electronic Meeting Technographer $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
</TABLE>
1
